Panasonic 42Psu1U6 Service Manual SM830203 01_PAC I_US Letter.indb

Panasonic-36Pet1U6-Service-Manual-729541 panasonic-36pet1u6-service-manual-729541

Panasonic-42Peu1U6-Service-And-Technical-Guide-729528 panasonic-42peu1u6-service-and-technical-guide-729528

Panasonic-26Peu1U6-Service-And-Technical-Guide-729519 panasonic-26peu1u6-service-and-technical-guide-729519

Panasonic-36Pef1U6-Service-And-Technical-Guide-729566 panasonic-36pef1u6-service-and-technical-guide-729566

Panasonic-36Psf1U6-Service-And-Technical-Guide-729557 panasonic-36psf1u6-service-and-technical-guide-729557

2015-05-18

: Panasonic Panasonic-42Psu1U6-Service-Manual-729476 panasonic-42psu1u6-service-manual-729476 panasonic pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 198 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

85464849303001 REFERENCE NO. SM830203-01

TECHNICAL DATA

SERVICE MANUAL

Model No.

Outdoor Units

Remarks

423626

Type

USingle

U-26PE1U6 U-36PE1U6 U-42PE1U6 Cooling/Heating

U-26PS1U6 U-36PS1U6 U-42PS1U6 Cooling

Indoor Units

Indoor Units Type

Outdoor Units

4-Way Cassette S-26PU1U6 S-36PU1U6 S-42PU1U6 with Wired Remote Controller: CZ-RTC2

with Wireless Remote Controller: CZ-RWSK1US-26PK1U6Wall Mounted

T1 Ceiling S-26PT1U6 S-36PT1U6 S-42PT1U6 with Wired Remote Controller: CZ-RTC2

with Wired Remote Controller: CZ-RTC2S-36PF1U6S-26PF1U6Low Silhouette DuctF1

Outdoor Unit

Shows S-26PU1U6 Shows U-26PE1U6

Indoor Unit

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1 2012/01/20 13:46:352012/01/20 13:46:35

IMPORTANT!

Please Read Before Starting

This air conditioning system meets strict safety and oper-

ating standards. As the installer or service person, it is an

important part of your job to install or service the system so

it operates safely and efficiently.

For safe installation and trouble-free operation, you must:

Carefully read this instruction booklet before beginning.

Follow each installation or repair step exactly as shown.

Observe all local, state, and national electrical codes.

Pay close attention to all warning and caution notices

given in this manual.

This symbol refers to a hazard or

unsafe practice which can result

in severe personal injury or death.

This symbol refers to a hazard or

unsafe practice which can result

in personal injury or product or

property damage.

If Necessary, Get Help

These instructions are all you need for most installation

sites and maintenance conditions. If you require help for a

special problem, contact our sales/service outlet or your

certified dealer for additional instructions.

In Case of Improper Installation

The manufacturer shall in no way be responsible for

improper installation or maintenance service, including fail-

ure to follow the instructions in this document.

SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS

WARNING When Wiring

ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN CAUSE

SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.

ONLY A QUALIFIED, EXPERIENCED

ELECTRICIAN SHOULD ATTEMPT TO

WIRE THIS SYSTEM.

•

are completed or reconnected and checked.

•

Do not supply power to the unit until all wiring and tubing

Highly dangerous electrical voltages are used in this

system. Carefully refer to the wiring diagram and these

instructions when wiring. Improper connections and inad-

equate grounding can cause accidental injury or death.

• Ground the unit following local electrical codes.

• Connect all wiring tightly. Loose wiring may cause over-

heating at connection points and a possible fire hazard.

• To prevent possible hazards from insulation failure,

the unit must be grounded.

When Transporting

Be careful when picking up and moving the indoor and

outdoor units. Get a partner to help, and bend your knees

when lifting to reduce strain on your back. Sharp edges or

thin aluminum fins on the air conditioner can cut your

fingers.

When Installing…

…In a Room

Properly insulate any tubing run inside a room to prevent

Select an installation location which is rigid and strong

enough to support or hold the unit, and select a location

for easy maintenance.

“sweating” that can cause dripping and water damage to

walls and floors.

Keep the fire alarm and the air outlet at least

5 feet away from the unit.

…In Moist or Uneven Locations

Use a raised concrete pad or concrete blocks to provide

a solid, level foundation for the outdoor unit. This prevents

water damage and abnormal vibration.

…In an Area with High Winds

Securely anchor the outdoor unit down with bolts and a

metal frame. Provide a suitable air baffle.

…In a Snowy Area (for Heat Pump-type Systems)

Install the outdoor unit on a raised platform that is higher

than drifting snow. Provide snow vents.

When Connecting Refrigerant Tubing

•

gas leaks during the installation. Be careful not to allow

contact of the refrigerant gas with a flame as this will

cause the generation of poisonous gas.

•

the flare and union tubes before connecting them, then

tighten the nut with a torque wrench for a leak-free con-

nection.

•

Ventilate the room well, in the event that is refrigerant

Keep all tubing runs as short as possible.

Use the flare method for connecting tubing.

Apply refrigerant lubricant to the matching surfaces of

Check carefully for leaks before starting the test run.

• Do not leak refrigerant while piping work for an installation

or re-installation, and while repairing refrigeration parts.

Handle liquid refrigerant carefully as it may cause frostbite.

WARNING

CAUTION

When performing piping work do not

mix air except for specifled refrigerant

(R410A) in refrigeration cycle. It

causes capacity down, and risk of

explosion and injury due to high

tension inside the refrigerant cycle.

•Refrigerant gas leakage may cause

fire.

•Do not add or replace refrigerant

other than specified type.

It may cause product damage,

burst and injury etc.

WARNING

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbII IISM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbII II 2012/01/20 13:46:352012/01/20 13:46:35

Check of Density Limit

The room in which the air conditioner is to be

installed requires a design that in the event of refrig-

erant gas leaking out, its density will not exceed a set

limit.

The refrigerant (R410A), which is used in the air condition-

er, is safe, without the toxicity or combustibility of ammonia,

and is not restricted by laws imposed to protect the ozone

layer. However, since it contains more than air, it poses the

risk of suffocation if its density should rise excessively. Suf-

focation from leakage of refrigerant is almost non-existent.

With the recent increase in the number of high density

buildings, however, the installation of multi air conditioner

systems is on the increase because of the need for effec-

tive use of floor space, individual control, energy conserva-

tion by curtailing heat and carrying power, etc.

Most importantly, the multi air conditioner system is able

to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared to

conventional individual air conditioners. If a single unit of

the multi air conditioner system is to be installed in a

small room, select a suitable model and installation pro-

cedure so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out, its

density does not reach the limit (and in the event of an

emergency, measures can be made before injury can

occur).

ASHRAE and the International Mechanical Code of the

ICC as well as CSA provide guidance and define safe-

guards related to the use of refrigerants, all of which define

a Refrigerant Concentration Level (RCL) of 25 pounds

per 1,000 cubic feet for R410A refrigerant.

For additional guidance and precautions related to

refrigerant safety, please refer to the following documents:

International Mechanical Code 2009 (IMC-2009)

(or more recently revised)

ASHRAE 15

ASHRAE 34

When Servicing

• Turn the power OFF at the main power box (mains)

before opening the unit to check or repair electrical

parts and wiring.

•

Keep your fingers and clothing away from any moving

parts.

Clean up the site after you finish, remembering to check

that no metal scraps or bits of wiring have been left

inside the unit being serviced.

•

Do not touch the air inlet or the

sharp aluminum fins of the

outdoor unit. You may get injured.

• Ventilate any enclosed areas when

installing or testing the refrigeration

system. Escaped refrigerant gas, on

contact with fire or heat, can produce

dangerously toxic gas.

Confirm after installation that no

refrigerant gas is leaking. If the gas

comes in contact with a burning stove,

gas water heater, electric room heater

or other heat source, it can cause the

generation of poisonous gas.

WARNING

• Do not clean inside the indoor and

outdoor units by users. Engage

authorized dealer or specialist for

cleaning.

• In case of malfunction of this

appliance, do not repair by yourself.

Contact to the sales dealer or service

dealer for a repair.

CAUTION

Others

•

Do not touch the air inlet or the

sharp aluminum fins of the

outdoor unit. You may get injured.

Do not sit or step on the unit,

you may fall down accidentally.

Do not stick any object into the

FAN CASE.

You may be injured and the

unit may be damaged.

NOTICE • This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference

received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

• This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,

pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules.

These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential

installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed

and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.

However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this

equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined

by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or

more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

• FCC Caution: To assure continued compliance, follow the attached installation instructions.

Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could

void the user’s authority to operate this equipment.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbIII IIISM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbIII III 2012/01/20 13:46:352012/01/20 13:46:35

Precautions for Installation Using New Refrigerant

1. Care regarding tubing

1-1. Process tubing

Material: Use C1220 phosphorous deoxidized copper specified in JIS H3300 “Copper and Copper Alloy Seamless

Pipes and Tubes.”

Tubing size: Be sure to use the sizes indicated in the table below.

Use a tube cutter when cutting the tubing, and be sure to remove any flash. This also applies to distribution joints

(optional).

When bending tubing ø5/8" or smaller, use a bending radius that is 4 times the outer diameter of the tubing or larger.

CAUTION

Use sufficient care in handling the tubing. Seal the tubing ends with

caps or tape to prevent dirt, moisture, or other foreign substances

from entering. These substances can result in system malfunction.

OMaterial

Copper tube Outer diameter 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8

Wall thickness t0.032 t0.032 t0.032 t0.04

Unit: inch

1-2. Prevent impurities including water, dust and oxide from entering the tubing. Impurities can cause R410A

refrigerant deterioration and compressor defects. Due to the features of the refrigerant and refrigerating machine

oil, the prevention of water and other impurities becomes more important than ever.

2. Be sure to recharge the refrigerant only in liquid form.

2-1.

defects of the unit.

2-2.

Since R410A is a non-azeotrope, recharging the refrigerant in gas form can lower performance and cause

Since refrigerant composition changes and performance decreases when gas leaks, collect the remaining

refrigerant and recharge the required total amount of new refrigerant after fixing the leak.

3. Different tools required

3-1. Tool specifications have been changed due to the characteristics of R410A.

Some tools for R22- and R407C-type refrigerant systems cannot be used.

Item New

tool?

R407C tools

compatible

with R410A?

Remarks

Manifold gauge Yes

Yes Yes

Yes No

Types of refrigerant, refrigerating machine oil, and

pressure gauge are different.

Charge hose To resist higher pressure, material must be changed.

Vacuum pump Use a conventional vacuum pump if it is equipped

with a check valve. If it has no check valve,

purchase and attach a vacuum pump adapter.

Leak detector Leak detectors for CFC and HCFC that

react to chlorine do not function because

R410A contains no chlorine. Leak detector

for HFC134a can be used for R410A.

Flaring oil For systems that use R22, apply mineral oil (Suniso oil)

to the flare nuts on the tubing to prevent refrigerant

leakage. For machines that use R407C or R410A, apply

synthetic oil (ether oil) to the flare nuts.

* Using tools for R22 and R407C and new tools for R410A together can cause defects.

Manifold gauge

Vacuum pump

Outlet

Inlet

iii

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbIV IVSM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbIV IV 2012/01/20 13:46:352012/01/20 13:46:35

3-2. Use R410A exclusive cylinder only.

When charging with a refrigerant cylinder, use an

electronic scale for charging refrigerant. In this case,

if the volume of refrigerant in the cylinder becomes

less than 20% of the fully-charged amount, the

composition of the refrigerant starts to change. Thus,

do not use the refrigerant if the amount in the charging

cylinder is less than 20%. Also, charge the minimum

necessary amount to the charging cylinder before

using it to charge the air conditioning unit.

Configuration and characteristics of cylinders

Single valve

Charge liquid refrigerant with

cylinder in up-side-down position.

Single valve (with siphon tube)

Charge with cylinder in normal position.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Valve

Liquid

Valve

Liquid

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbV VSM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbV V 2012/01/20 13:46:352012/01/20 13:46:35

Section 1: SPECIFICATIONS .....................................................................................................1-1

1-1 Unit SpecifIcations ..............................................................................................1-2

1-2 Major Component SpecifIcations ......................................................................1-20

1-3 Other Component SpecifIcations ......................................................................1-35

1-4 Dimensional Data..............................................................................................1-38

1-5 Refrigerant Flow Diagram .................................................................................1-48

1-6 Operating Range ...............................................................................................1-49

1-7 Capacity Correction Graph According to Temperature Condition .....................1-50

1-8 Noise Criterion Curves ......................................................................................1-51

1-9 Increasing the Fan Speed .................................................................................1-56

1-10 Air throw distance chart .................................................................................... 1-57

1-11 ELECTRICAL WIRING ..................................................................................... 1-60

1-12 Installation Instructions ..................................................................................... 1-63

1-13 HOW TO PROCESS TUBING .........................................................................1-118

1-14 LEAK TEST, EVACUATION AND ADDITIONAL REFRIGERANT CHARGE .... 1-122

Section 2: PROCESSES AND FUNCTIONS ..............................................................................2-1

2-1 Room Temperature Control .................................................................................2-2

2-2 Cold Draft Prevention (Heating Cycle) ................................................................ 2-4

2-3 Automatic Fan Speed (Indoor Unit) .....................................................................2-5

2-4 Control Functions ................................................................................................2-6

2-5 Outdoor Unit Control PCB...................................................................................2-9

2-6 Outdoor Unit Control PCB (CR-CH4272R) .......................................................2-10

Section 3: ELECTRICAL DATA .................................................................................................. 3-1

3-1 Indoor Units ........................................................................................................3-2

3-2 Outdoor Units ....................................................................................................3-10

Section 4: SERVICE PROCEDURES .........................................................................................4-1

4-1 Meaning of Alarm Messages .............................................................................. 4-2

4-2 Symptoms and Parts to Inspect ..........................................................................4-5

4-3 Details of Alarm Messages .................................................................................4-8

4-4 Table of Thermistor Characteristics ..................................................................4-14

Section 5: OUTDOOR UNIT MAINTENANCE REMOTE CONTROL ........................................ 5-1

5-1 Overview .............................................................................................................5-2

5-2 Functions ............................................................................................................5-2

5-3 Normal Display Operations and Functions ......................................................... 5-3

5-4 Monitoring Operations: Display of Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit Sensor

Temperatures ......................................................................................................5-6

5-5 Monitoring the Outdoor Unit Alarm History: Display of Outdoor Unit

Alarm History ......................................................................................................5-7

5-6 Setting Modes: Setting the Outdoor Unit EEPROM ............................................ 5-7

Section 6: TSET RUN .................................................................................................................6-1

6-1 Preparing for Test Run ........................................................................................ 6-2

6-2 Caution ...............................................................................................................6-3

6-3 Test Run Procedure ............................................................................................ 6-3

6-4 Items to Check Before the Test Run....................................................................6-4

6-5 Test Run Using the Remote Controller ...............................................................6-4

6-6 Precautions .........................................................................................................6-4

6-7 Table of Self-Diagnostic Functions and Corrections (U1, K1, T1, F1 Type) ........6-5

6-8 Examples of Wiring Diagrams .............................................................................6-6

Contents

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbVI VISM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indbVI VI 2012/01/20 13:46:352012/01/20 13:46:35

1. SPECIFICATIONS

1-1. Unit Specifications.................................................................................................... 1-2

1-2. 1-20Major Component Specifications ..........................................................................

1-63

1-3. 1-35Other Component Specifications ..........................................................................

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

1-631.

1-642.

3. 1-65

5. 1-75

1-744.

Tubing Size .......................................................................................................................................

Check of density limit ........................................................................................................................

SELECTING THE INSTALLATION SITE .........................................................................................

HOW TO INSTALL THE OUTDOOR UNIT .......................................................................................

6. 1-76

7. 1-100

SELECTING THE INSTALLATION SITE .........................................................................................

HOW TO INSTALL THE INDOOR UNIT ...........................................................................................

HOW TO INSTALL THE WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER ....................................................

HOW TO INSTALL THE TIMER WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER .............................................. 1-118

1-4. 1-38Dimensional Data ....................................................................................................

1-5. 1-48Refrigerant Flow Diagram ......................................................................................

1-6. 1-49Operating Range .....................................................................................................

1-7. 1-50Capacity Correction Graph According to Temperature Condition .....................

1-8. 1-51Noise Criterion Curves ...........................................................................................

1-561-9. Increasing the Fan Speed ......................................................................................

1-571-10. Air throw distance chart .........................................................................................

1-601-11. ELECTRICAL WIRING .............................................................................................

1-12. Installation Instructions ..........................................................................................

1-1181-13. HOW TO PROCESS TUBING .................................................................................

1-1221-14. LEAK TEST, EVACUATION AND ADDITIONAL REFRIGERANT CHARGE ........

TENTATIVE

1-1

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1 2012/01/30 12:53:172012/01/30 12:53:17

1-2

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

4-Way Cassette Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-26PU1U6tinU roodnI

U-26PE1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 24,800 [9,500~24,800] 29,800 [8,000~29,800]

003,81h / UTB**)F˚71(

Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 8.1

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 710 / 530 / 450

External Static Pressure in. WG

9.61.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAV352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

Max.Running amperes*

A 15.6 17.3 14.8 16.4

097,2097,2029,2029,2Wtupni rewoP

002,2002,2W**)F˚71(

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 03 / 51A

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

Optional Wireless Remote Controller CZ-RWSU1U

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 38 / 35 / 31

94A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 4.2 (1.9) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (Include panel) Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 13-5/16 (338) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 33-55/64 (860) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 33-55/64 (860) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuOlenaPydoBsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 11-9/64 (283) 4-3/32 (104) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 32-7/8 (835) 37-61/64 (964) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 33-9/32 (845) 39-21/64 (999) 16- 3/32 (409)

)85( 821)5( 11)22( 94 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)76( 841)8( 81)62( 75 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)001.0( 6.3)002.0( 1.7) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

Controls Microprocessor

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2 2012/01/19 22:39:162012/01/19 22:39:16

1-3

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

4-Way Cassette Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-36PU1U6tinU roodnI

U-36PE1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 32,600 [9,500~32,600] 37,600 [8,000~37,600]

000,02h / UTB**)F˚71(

Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 10.6

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1050 / 840 / 720

External Static Pressure in. WG

8.46.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAV352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

6.719.517.027.81A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

053,3053,3059,3059,3Wtupni rewoP

054,2054,2W**)F˚71(

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 53 / 51A

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 44 / 37 / 33

25A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 6.2 (2.8) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (Include panel) Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 14-31/64 (368) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 45-9/32 (1,150) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 33-55/64 (860) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuOlenaPydoBsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 12-13/32 (315) 4-3/32 (104) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 44-19/64 (1,125) 49-31/64 (1,257) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 33-9/32 (845) 39-21/64 (999) 16- 3/32 (409)

)56( 341)7( 61)72( 06 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)37( 161)01( 22)23( 17 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)131.0( 6.4)992.0( 6.01) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

Controls Microprocessor

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3 2012/01/19 22:39:172012/01/19 22:39:17

1-4

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

4-Way Cassette Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-42PU1U6tinU roodnI

U-42PE1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 39,500 [9,500~39,500] 48,000 [8,000~48,000]

008,13h / UTB**)F˚71(

Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 12.6

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1050 / 840 / 720

External Static Pressure in. WG

9.76.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAV352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

8.424.224.520.32A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

063,4063,4025,4025,4Wtupni rewoP

045,3045,3W**)F˚71(

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 04 / 51A

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 45 / 38 / 34

35A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 7.9 (3.6) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (Include panel) Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 14-31/64 (368) 48-7/16 (1,230 )

Width in. (mm) 45-9/32 (1,150) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 33-55/64 (860) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuOlenaPydoBsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 12-13/32 (315) 4-3/32 (104) 52-3/8 (1,330 )

Width in. (mm) 44-19/64 (1,125) 49-31/64 (1,257) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 33-9/32 (845) 39-21/64 (999) 16- 3/32 (409)

)001( 022)7( 61)72( 06 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

) 901( 042)01( 22)23( 17 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

) 255.0( 5.91)131.0( 6.4)992.0( 6.01) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

Controls Microprocessor

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4 2012/01/19 22:39:172012/01/19 22:39:17

1-5

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

4-Way Cassette Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-26PU1U6tinU roodnI

U-26PS1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 24,800 [9,500~24,800]

(17˚F)** BTU / h

1.8h / stniP )hgiH( lavomer erutsioM

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 710 / 530 / 450

External Static Pressure in. WG

1.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

Max. Running amperes* 3.716.51A

029,2029,2Wtupni rewoP

(17˚F)** W

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 03 / 51A

rossecorporciMslortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

Optional Wireless Remote Controller CZ-RWSU1U

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 38 / 35 / 31

94A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 4.2 (1.9) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (Include panel) Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 13-5/16 (338) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 33-55/64 (860) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 33-55/64 (860) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuOlenaPydoBsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 11-9/64 (283) 4-3/32 (104) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 32-7/8 (835) 37-61/64 (964) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 33-9/32 (845) 39-21/64 (999) 16- 3/32 (409)

)85( 821)5( 11)22( 94 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)76( 841)8( 81)62( 75 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)001.0( 6.3)002.0( 1.7) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5 2012/01/19 22:39:172012/01/19 22:39:17

1-6

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

4-Way Cassette Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-36PU1U6tinU roodnI

U-36PS1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 32,600 [9,500~32,600]

(17˚F)** BTU / h

6.01h / stniP )hgiH( lavomer erutsioM

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1050 / 840 / 720

External Static Pressure in. WG

6.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

7.027.81A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

059,3059,3Wtupni rewoP

(17˚F)** W

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 03 / 51A

Controls

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 44 / 37 / 33

25A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 6.2 (2.8) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (Include panel) Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 14-31/64 (368) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 45-9/32 (1,150) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 33-55/64 (860) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuOlenaPydoBsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 12-13/32 (315) 4-3/32 (104) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 44-19/64 (1,125) 49-31/64 (1,257) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 33-9/32 (845) 39-21/64 (999) 16- 3/32 (409)

)56( 341)7( 61)72( 06 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)37( 161)01( 22)23( 17 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)131.0( 6.4)992.0( 6.01) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

Microprocessor

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6 2012/01/19 22:39:172012/01/19 22:39:17

1-7

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

4-Way Cassette Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-42PU1U6tinU roodnI

U-42PS1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 39,500 [9,500~39,500]

(17˚F)** BTU / h

6.21h / stniP )hgiH( lavomer erutsioM

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1050 / 840 / 720

External Static Pressure in. WG

6.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

4.520.32A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

025,4025,4Wtupni rewoP

(17˚F)** W

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 53 / 51A

Controls

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 45 / 38 / 34

35A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 7.9 (3.6) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit (Include panel) Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 14-31/64 (368) 48-7/16 (1,230 )

Width in. (mm) 45-9/32 (1,150) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 33-55/64 (860) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuOlenaPydoBsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 12-13/32 (315) 4-3/32 (104) 52-3/8 (1,330 )

Width in. (mm) 44-19/64 (1,125) 49-31/64 (1,257) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 33-9/32 (845) 39-21/64 (999) 16- 3/32 (409)

)001( 022)7( 61)72( 06 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

) 901( 042)01( 22)23( 17 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

) 255.0( 5.91)131.0( 6.4)992.0( 6.01) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

Microprocessor

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7 2012/01/19 22:39:172012/01/19 22:39:17

1-8

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Wall Mounted Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-26PK1U6tinU roodnI

U-26PE1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 25,200 [9,500~25,200] 29,200 [8,000~29,200]

002,71h / UTB**)F˚71(

Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 8.1

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 559 / 475 / 390

External Static Pressure in. WG

2.019.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAV352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

Max. Running amperes* A 15.3 16.9 14.0 15.5

026,2026,2048,2048,2Wtupni rewoP

030,2030,2W**)F˚71(

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 03 / 51A

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Optional Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSK1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

elbahsaWretlif riA

)mm62DO , A02( )noitcennoc niarD( pmup niarD

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 48 / 42 / 38

94A - BdiH - roodtuO

Refrigerant control Electronic Expansion Valve (MOV)

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 4.2 (1.9) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 12- 63/64 (330) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 44- 7/8 (1,140) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 8- 31/32 (228) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 15- 11/32 (390) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 47- 27/32 (1,215) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 11- 17/32 (293) 16- 3/32 (409)

)85( 821)81( 04 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)76( 841)02( 44 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)931.0( 9.4) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

Controls Microprocessor

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8 2012/01/19 22:39:182012/01/19 22:39:18

1-9

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Wall Mounted Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-26PK1U6tinU roodnI

U-26PS1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 25,200 [9,500~25,200]

(17˚F)** BTU / h

1.8h / stniP )hgiH( lavomer erutsioM

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 559 / 475 / 390

External Static Pressure in. WG

9.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

Max. Running amperes* 9.613.51A

048,2048,2Wtupni rewoP

(17˚F)** W

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 03 / 51A

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Optional Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSK1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

elbahsaWretlif riA

Drain pump (Drain connection) (20A , OD26mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 48 / 42 / 38

94A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 4.2 (1.9) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 12- 63/64 (330) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 44- 7/8 (1,140) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 8- 31/32 (228) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 15- 11/32 (390) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 47- 27/32 (1,215) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 11- 17/32 (293) 16- 3/32 (409)

)85( 821)81( 04 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)76( 841)02( 44 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)931.0( 9.4) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

Controls Microprocessor

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9 2012/01/19 22:39:182012/01/19 22:39:18

1-10

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Ceiling Type

S-26PT1U6tinU roodnI

U-26PE1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 24,400 [9,500~24,400] 30,800 [8,000~30,800]

009,71h / UTB**)F˚71(

Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 7.7

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 550 / 490 / 460

External Static Pressure in. WG

9.45.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAV352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

Max. Running amperes* (Without Back-up Heater)

A 15.6 17.3 16.4 18.1

000,3000,3088,2088,2Wtupni rewoP

091,2091,2W**)F˚71(

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor)

03 / 51A

rossecorporciMrossecorporciM slortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

)mm62DO , A02( )noitcennoc niarD( pmup niarD

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 39 / 37 / 33

94A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 4.2 (1.9) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 7-17/32 (190) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 51-3/16 (1,300) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 26-3/8 (670) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 9-7/16 (240) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 54-19/32 (1,387) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 31-1/16 (789) 16- 3/32 (409)

)85( 821)62( 75 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)76( 841)13( 86 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)352.0( 9.8) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10 2012/01/19 22:39:182012/01/19 22:39:18

1-11

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Ceiling Type

S-36PT1U6tinU roodnI

U-36PE1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 31,200 [9,500~31,200] 37,400 [8,000~37,400]

000,12h / UTB**)F˚71(

Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 10.0

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1100 / 930 / 750

External Static Pressure in. WG

8.81.51hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAV352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

3.716.511.022.81A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

052,3052,3048,3048,3Wtupni rewoP

074,2074,2W**)F˚71(

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor)

53 / 51A

rossecorporciMslortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

)mm62DO , A02( )noitcennoc niarD( pmup niarD

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 42 / 40 / 35

25A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 6.2 (2.8) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 9-7/16 (240) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 62-1/32 (1,575) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 26-3/8 (670) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 12-15/32 (317) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 66-1/16 (1,678) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 31-1/16 (789) 16- 3/32 (409)

)56( 341)83( 48 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)37( 161)44( 79 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)024.0( 8.41) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb11 11SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb11 11 2012/01/19 22:39:182012/01/19 22:39:18

1-12

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Ceiling Type

S-42PT1U6tinU roodnI

U-42PE1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 39,000 [9,500~39,000] 44,500 [8,000~44,500]

008,82h / UTB**)F˚71(

Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 12.6

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1130 / 950 / 775

External Static Pressure in. WG

9.56.51hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAV352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

6.026.813.321.12A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

036,3036,3041,4041,4Wtupni rewoP

011,3011,3W**)F˚71(

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 04 / 51A

rossecorporciMslortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

)mm62DO , A02( )noitcennoc niarD( pmup niarD

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound

Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo

dB - A 44 / 41 / 37

35A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 7.9 (3.6) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 9-7/16 (240) 48-7/16 (1,230 )

Width in. (mm) 62-1/32 (1,575) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 26-3/8 (670) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 12-15/32 (317) 52-3/8 (1,330 )

Width in. (mm) 66-1/16 (1,678) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 31-1/16 (789) 16- 3/32 (409)

)001( 022)83( 48 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

) 901( 042)44( 79 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

) 255.0( 5.91)024.0( 8.41) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb12 12SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb12 12 2012/01/19 22:39:182012/01/19 22:39:18

1-13

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Ceiling Type

S-26PT1U6tinU roodnI

U-26PS1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 24,400 [9,500~24,400]

(17˚F)** BTU / h

7.7h / stniP )hgiH( lavomer erutsioM

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 550 / 490 / 460

External Static Pressure in. WG

5.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

Max. Running amperes* (Without Back-up Heater)

3.716.51A

088,2088,2Wtupni rewoP

(17˚F)** W

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor)

03 / 51A

rossecorporciMslortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

)mm62DO , A02( )noitcennoc niarD( pmup niarD

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 39 / 37 / 33

94A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 4.2 (1.9) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 7-17/32 (190) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 51-3/16 (1,300) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 26-3/8 (670) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 9-7/16 (240) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 54-19/32 (1,387) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 31-1/16 (789) 16- 3/32 (409)

)85( 821)62( 75 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)76( 841)13( 86 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)352.0( 9.8) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb13 13SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb13 13 2012/01/19 22:39:192012/01/19 22:39:19

1-14

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Ceiling Type

S-36PT1U6tinU roodnI

U-36PS1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 31,200 [9,500~31,200]

(17˚F)** BTU / h

0.01h / stniP )hgiH( lavomer erutsioM

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1100 / 930 / 750

External Static Pressure in. WG

1.51hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

1.022.81A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

048,3048,3Wtupni rewoP

(17˚F)** W

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 03 / 51A

rossecorporciMslortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

)mm62DO , A02( )noitcennoc niarD( pmup niarD

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound

Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo

dB - A 42 / 40 / 35

25A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 6.2(2.8) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 9-7/16 (240) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 62-1/32 (1,575) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 26-3/8 (670) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 12-15/32 (317) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 66-1/16 (1,678) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 31-1/16 (789) 16- 3/32 (409)

)56( 341)83( 48 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)37( 161)44( 79 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)024.0( 8.41) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb14 14SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb14 14 2012/01/19 22:39:192012/01/19 22:39:19

1-15

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Ceiling Type

S-42PT1U6tinU roodnI

U-42PS1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 39,000 [9,500~39,000]

(17˚F)** BTU / h

6.21h / stniP )hgiH( lavomer erutsioM

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1130 / 950 / 775

External Static Pressure in. WG

6.51hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

3.321.12A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

041,4041,4Wtupni rewoP

(17˚F)** W

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor)

53 / 51A

rossecorporciMslortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSU1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical ) / Automatic (Vertical )

)rh 005,2( efil gnol ,elbahsaWretlif riA

)mm62DO , A02( )noitcennoc niarD( pmup niarD

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 44 / 41 / 37

35A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 7.9 (3.6) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 9-7/16 (240) 48-7/16 (1,230 )

Width in. (mm) 62-1/32 (1,575) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 26-3/8 (670) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 12-15/32 (317) 52-3/8 (1,330 )

Width in. (mm) 66-1/16 (1,678) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 31-1/16 (789) 16- 3/32 (409)

)001( 022)83( 48 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

) 901( 042)44( 79 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

) 255.0( 5.91)024.0( 8.41) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb15 15SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb15 15 2012/01/19 22:39:192012/01/19 22:39:19

1-16

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Low Silhouette Duct Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-26PF1U6tinU roodnI

U-26PE1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 24,000 [9,500~24,000] 28,600 [8,000~28,600]

001,71h / UTB**)F˚71(

Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 7.7

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 670 / 530 / 460

External Static Pressure in.WG 0.2:at shipment / 0.4:using jumper cable

9.00.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAV352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

Max. Running amperes* A 13.6 15.0 12.5 13.8

004,2004,2006,2006,2Wtupni rewoP

089,1089,1W**)F˚71(

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 03 / 51A

rossecorporciMslortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSC1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical )

Air filter

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 34 / 30 / 27

94A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 4.2 (1.9) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 12-7/32 (310) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 39-3/8 (1,000) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 24-13/16 (630) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 14-3/32 (358) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 46-7/8 (1,191) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 30-13/16 (783) 16- 3/32 (409)

)85( 821)23( 17 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)76( 841)73( 28 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)433.0( 8.11) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb16 16SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb16 16 2012/01/19 22:39:202012/01/19 22:39:20

1-17

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Low Silhouette Duct Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-36PF1U6tinU roodnI

U-36PE1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling Heating

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 31,200 [9,500~31,200] 36,200 [8,000~36,200]

002,02h / UTB**)F˚71(

Moisture removal (High) Pints / h 10.0

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1060 / 920 / 750

External Static Pressure in. WG 0.24:at shipment / 0.4:using jumper cable

8.59.31hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAV352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

6.719.516.026.81A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

043,3043,3029,3029,3Wtupni rewoP

075,2075,2W**)F˚71(

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 53 / 51A

rossecorporciMslortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSC1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

Air deflection (Horizontal / Vertical )

Air filter

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 38 / 33 / 31

25A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 6.2 (2.8) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 12-7/32 (310) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 58-9/32 (1,480) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 24-13/16 (630) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 14-3/32 (358) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 65-25/32 (1,671) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 30-13/16 (783) 16- 3/32 (409)

)56( 341)74( 401 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)37( 161)25( 511 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)864.0 5.61) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb17 17SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb17 17 2012/01/19 22:39:202012/01/19 22:39:20

1-18

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Low Silhouette Duct Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-26PF1U6tinU roodnI

U-26PS1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 24,000 [9,500~24,000]

(17˚F)** BTU / h

7.7h / stniP )hgiH( lavomer erutsioM

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 670 / 530 / 460

External Static Pressure in. WG 0.2:at shipment / 0.4:using jumper cable

0.41hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

Max. Running amperes* 0.516.31A

006,2006,2Wtupni rewoP

(17˚F)** W

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 03 / 51A

rossecorporciMslortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSC1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

—) lacitreV / latnoziroH( noitcelfed riA

—

Air filter

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 34 / 30 / 27

94A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 4.2 (1.9) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 12-7/32 (310) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 39-3/8 (1,000) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 24-13/16 (630) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 14-3/32 (358) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 46-7/8 (1,191) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 30-13/16 (783) 16- 3/32 (409)

)85( 821)23( 17 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)76( 841)73( 28 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)433.0( 8.11) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

RCZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb18 18SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb18 18 2012/01/19 22:39:212012/01/19 22:39:21

1-19

1. Specifications

1-1 Unit Specifications

Low Silhouette Duct Type

Cooling:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 80 °F DB / 67 °F WB, Ambient temperature 95 °F DB / 75 °F WB

Heating:

Rating conditions (*) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 47 °F DB / 43 °F WB

Low temp conditions (**) : Room temperature 70 °F DB / 60 °F WB, Ambient temperature 17 °F DB / 15 °F WB

S-36PF1U6tinU roodnI

U-36PS1U6tinU roodtuO

POWER SOURCE 230 - 208 V / 1 Phase / 60 Hz

PERFORMANCE Cooling

Capacity * [minimum~muximum] BTU / h 31,200 [9,500~31,200]

(17˚F)** BTU / h

0.01h / stniP )hgiH( lavomer erutsioM

Air circulation (H / M / L) 230 V CFM 1060 / 920/ 750

External Static Pressure in. WG 0.24:at shipment / 0.4:using jumper cable

9.31hW / UTB)4 noigeR( .F.P.S.H / .R.E.E.S

ELECTRICAL RATINGS

802032Vgnitar egatloV

352 - 781 CAVVegnar egatlov elbaliavA

6.026.81A*serepma gninnuR.xaM

029,3029,3Wtupni rewoP

(17˚F)** W

WkretaeH pu-kcaB

Maximum overcurrent protection (Indoor/Outdoor) 03 / 51A

rossecorporciMrossecorporciM slortnoC

F˚0 ni-tliuB lortnoc tneibma woL

elbairaV / lortnoc citamotuA dna 3roodtuO / roodnI sdeeps naF

Wired Remote Controller

CZ-RWSC1UrellortnoC etomeR sseleriW lanoitpO

—) lacitreV / latnoziroH( noitcelfed riA

—

Air filter

Drain pump (Drain connection)

Max.head 2-33/64 in. above drain connection (25A , OD32mm)

yratoRrosserpmoC

Operation sound Indoor - Hi/Me/Lo dB - A 38 / 33 / 31

25A - BdiH - roodtuO

)VOM( evlaV noisnapxE cinortcelElortnoc tnaregirfeR

REFRIGERANT TUBING

)05( 561)m( .tfhtgnel gnibut fo timiL

Limit of tubing length at shipment ft. (m) 10~100 (3~30)

Limit of elevation difference ft. (m) Outdoor unit is higher than indoor unit : 100 (30)

)51( 05 : tinu roodni naht rewol si tinu roodtuO)m( .tfstinu owt eht neewteb

Refrigerant tube Narrow tube in. (mm) 3 / 8 (6.35)

outer diameter Wide tube in. (mm) 5 / 8 (15.88)

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg) 6.2 (2.8) - R410A

DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT Indoor unit Outdoor unit

Unit dimensions Height in. (mm) 12-7/32 (310) 30- 23/32 (780)

Width in. (mm) 58-9/32 (1,480) 37 (940)

Depth in. (mm) 24-13/16 (630) 13- 3/8 (340)

tinu roodtuO tinu roodnIsnoisnemid egakcaP

Height in. (mm) 14-3/32 (358) 34- 31/32 (888)

Width in. (mm) 65-25/32 (1,671) 39- 31/32 (1,015)

Depth in. (mm) 30-13/16 (783) 16- 3/32 (409)

)56( 341)74( 401 )gk( .sblthgiew teN

)37( 161)25( 511 )gk( .sblthgiew gnippihS

)963.0( 0.31)864.0 5.61) 3 m( .tf.ucemulov gnippihS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.

FEATURES

MODEL No.

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb19 19SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb19 19 2012/01/19 22:39:212012/01/19 22:39:21

1-20

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(A) Indoor Unit

MODEL No.S-26PU1U6

Source 230 - 208 VAC / 1 phase / 60 Hz

Remote controller (Supplied / Optional) Wired / Wireless (See Unit Specifications)

Controller P. C. B Ass'y CR-26PU1U6-P

Control circuit fuse 250 VAC, 5 A

Fan (Number … diameter) ))344( 61/7-71…1( obruT)mm(.ni

Fan motor

Model SFG6X - 41D6P

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

464 … 6mpr)hgiH ,V 032( .m.p.r … elop fo .oN

04Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩBRW - WHT : 170.3 , ORG - YEL : 43.2

(Ambient temperature 68 °5.38:KNP-THW,1.81:TLV-THW)F

VLT - ORG : 43.2 , YEL - BLK : 60.2

Safety device

Operating temperature Open °662F ± 14.4

Close °2.471F ±27

,CAVroticapac nuR µ 5.4 , V 044F µF

Heat exchanger

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube

9.41 … 2hcni rep sniF … swoR

.tfaera ecaF

)343.0( 96.3)

Panel

Model No. CZ-24KPU1U

Auto louver motor MT8 - 3C

mpr 3 , W 3 , CAV 042mpr,W ,VdetaR … rotom revuol otuA

Coil resistance (Ambient temperature 77 °F) Ω16.430 Ω± 8 %

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb20 20SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb20 20 2012/01/19 22:39:212012/01/19 22:39:21

1-21

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(A) Indoor Unit

MODEL No.S-36PU1U6

Source 230 - 208 VAC / 1 phase / 60 Hz

Remote controller (

Supplied / Optional

)Wired / Wireless (See Unit Specifications)

Controller P. C. B Ass'y CR-26PU1U6-P

Control circuit fuse 250 VAC, 5 A

Fan (Number … diameter) 1( obruT)mm(.ni …17-7/16 (443))

Fan motor

Model SFG6X - 81A6P

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

No. of pole … 6mpr)hgiH ,V 032( .m.p.r … 467

06Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩBRW - WHT : 75.1 , ORG - YEL : 27.4

(Ambient temperature 68 °7.24:KNP-TLV,7.6:TLV-THW)F

VLT - ORG : 20.6 , YEL - BLK : 58.0

Safety device

Operating temperature Open °662F ±14.4

Close °2.471F ±27

,CAVroticapac nuR µ 6 , V 044F µF

Heat exchanger

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube

Rows … 2hcni rep sniF … 14.9

.tfaera ecaF

)267.0( 02.8)

Panel

Model No. CZ-36KPU1U

Auto louver motor MT8 - 3C

Auto louver motor … mpr 3 , W 3 , CAV 042mpr,W ,VdetaR

Coil resistance (Ambient temperature 77 °F) Ω16.430 Ω± 8 %

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb21 21SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb21 21 2012/01/19 22:39:212012/01/19 22:39:21

1-22

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(A) Indoor Unit

MODEL No.S-42PU1U6

Source 230 - 208 VAC / 1 phase / 60 Hz

Remote controller (Supplied / Optional) Wired / Wireless (See Unit Specifications)

Controller P. C. B Ass'y CR-26PU1U6-P

Control circuit fuse 250 VAC, 5 A

Fan (Number … diameter) 1( obruT)mm(.ni …17-7/16 (443))

Fan motor

Model SFG6X - 81A6P

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

No. of pole … 6mpr)hgiH ,V 032( .m.p.r … 506

06Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩBRW - WHT : 75.1 , ORG - YEL : 27.4

(Ambient temperature 68 °7.24:KNP-TLV,7.6:TLV-THW)F

VLT - ORG : 20.6 , YEL - BLK : 58.0

Safety device

Operating temperature Open °662F ±14.4

Close °2.471F ±27

,CAVroticapac nuR µ 6 , V 044F µF

Heat exchanger

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube

Rows … 2hcni rep sniF … 14.9

.tfaera ecaF

)267.0( 02.8)

Panel

Model No. CZ-36KPU1U

Auto louver motor MT8 - 3C

Auto louver motor … mpr 3 , W 3 , CAV 042mpr,W ,VdetaR

Coil resistance (Ambient temperature 77 °F) Ω16.430 Ω± 8 %

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb22 22SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb22 22 2012/01/19 22:39:212012/01/19 22:39:21

1-23

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(A) Indoor Unit

MODEL No.S-26PK1U6

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

Remote controller (

Optional / Supplied

)Wired / Wireless (See Unit Specifications)

Controller P. C. B Ass'y CB-KR254GXH56A

A 5 ,V 052esuf tiucric lortnoC

Fan Cross-flow

Number ... Dia. and length in. (mm) 1 ... O.D. 4-1/3 (110), L39 (990)

Fan motor

Model KFT4Q - 31A6P - C

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

422,1 ... 4mpr)hgiH ,V 032( .m.p.r ... elop fo .oN

8.82Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩBRW - WHT : 260.7 , ORG - YEL : 23.76

(Ambient temperature 68 °9.511:KNP-LEY,26.24:TLV-THW)F

VLT - ORG : 30.36 ,

Safety device

Operating temperature Open °F±14.4

Close °2.471F ±26

,CAVroticapac nuR µ 8.1 , V 044F µF

Heat exchanger

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube

1.42 ... 2hcni rep sniF ... swoR

.tfaera ecaF 2(m2)42.0( 75.2)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

266

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb23 23SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb23 23 2012/01/19 22:39:222012/01/19 22:39:22

1-24

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(A) Indoor Unit

MODEL No.S-26PT1U6

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

Remote controller (

Supplied / Optional

)Wired / Wireless (See Unit Specification)

Controller P. C. B Ass'y CR - TH2672

Control circuit fuse 250 V, 5 A

Fan (Number … diameter) in. (mm) Centrifugal (4 ... 5-1/8(130))

Fan motor

Model SR4X - 51A6P

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

No. of pole … 971,1mpr)hgiH ,V 032( .m.p.r

13Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩBRW - WHT : 111.0 , ORG - YEL : 16.7

(Ambient temperature 68 °9.32:KNP-KLB,4.53:TLV-THW)F

VLT - ORG : 13.4 , YEL - BLK : 136.6

Safety device

Operating temperature Open °662F ±14.4

Close °2.471F ±27

,CAVroticapac nuR µ 5.1 , V 044F µF

Heat exchanger

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube

Rows … 3hcni rep sniF … 14.9

.tfaera ecaF

)861.0( 18.1)

Auto louver motor

Model No. MT8 - 3C

Auto louver motor … mpr 3 , W 3 , CAV 042mpr ,W ,VdetaR

Coil resistance (Ambient temperature 77 °F) Ω16,430 Ω± 8 %

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb24 24SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb24 24 2012/01/19 22:39:222012/01/19 22:39:22

1-25

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(A) Indoor Unit

MODEL No.S-36PT1U6

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

Remote controller (

Supplied / Optional

)Wired / Wireless (See Unit Specification)

Controller P. C. B Ass'y CR - TH2672

Control circuit fuse 250 V, 5 A

Fan (Number … diameter) in. (mm) Centrifugal (4 ... 5-29/32(150))

Fan motor

Model KFG4X - 101C6P

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

No. of pole … 040,1 ... 4mpr)hgiH ,V 032( .m.p.r

001Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩBRW - WHT : 61.05 , ORG - YEL : 13.23

(Ambient temperature 68 °52.91:KLB-LEY,559.9:TLV-THW)F

VLT - ORG : 9.576 , BLK - PNK : 10.81

Safety device

Operating temperature Open °662F ±14.4

Close °2.471F ±27

,CAVroticapac nuR µ 5 , V 044F µF

Heat exchanger

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube

Rows … 3hcni rep sniF … 14.9

.tfaera ecaF 2(m2)623.0( 15.3)

Auto louver motor

Model No. MT8 - 3C

Auto louver motor … mpr 3 , W 3 , CAV 042mpr ,W ,VdetaR

Coil resistance (Ambient temperature 77 °F) Ω16,430 Ω± 8 %

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb25 25SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb25 25 2012/01/19 22:39:222012/01/19 22:39:22

1-26

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(A) Indoor Unit

MODEL No.S-42PT1U6

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

Remote controller (

Supplied / Optional

)Wired / Wireless (See Unit Specification)

Controller P. C. B Ass'y CR - TH2672

Control circuit fuse 250 V, 5 A

Fan (Number … diameter) in. (mm) Centrifugal (4 ... 5-29/32(150))

Fan motor

Model KFG4X - 101C6P

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

No. of pole … 990,1 ... 4mpr)hgiH ,V 032( .m.p.r

001Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩBRW - WHT : 61.05 , ORG - YEL : 13.23

(Ambient temperature 68 °52.91:KLB-LEY,559.9:TLV-THW)F

VLT - ORG : 9.576 , BLK - PNK : 10.81

Safety device

Operating temperature Open °662F ±14.4

Close °2.471F ±27

,CAVroticapac nuR µ 5 , V 044F µF

Heat exchanger

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube

Rows … 3hcni rep sniF … 14.9

.tfaera ecaF

)623.0( 15.3)

Auto louver motor

Model No. MT8 - 3C

Auto louver motor … mpr 3 , W 3 , CAV 042mpr ,W ,VdetaR

Coil resistance (Ambient temperature 77 °F) Ω16,430 Ω± 8 %

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb26 26SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb26 26 2012/01/19 22:39:222012/01/19 22:39:22

1-27

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(A) Indoor Unit

MODEL No.S-26PF1U6

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

Remote controller (

Supplied / Optional

)Wired / Wireless (See Unit Specification)

Controller P. C. B Ass'y CR - TH2672

Control circuit fuse 250 V, 5 A

Fan (Number … diameter) in. (mm) Centrifugal (4 ... 5-29/32(150))

Fan motor

Model KFG4X - 71B6P

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

No. of pole … 029 ... 4mpr)hgiH ,V 032( .m.p.r

001Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩBRW - WHT : 74.7 , ORG - YEL : 9.59

(Ambient temperature 68 °25.01:KLB-LEY,1.91:TLV-THW)F

VLT - ORG : 10.5 , BLK - PNK : 21.72

Safety device

Operating temperature Open °662F ±14.4

Close °2.471F ±27

,CAVroticapac nuR µ 5 , V 044F µF

Heat exchanger

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube

Rows … 3hcni rep sniF … 14.9

.tfaera ecaF

)981.0( 30.2)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb27 27SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb27 27 2012/01/19 22:39:222012/01/19 22:39:22

1-28

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(A) Indoor Unit

MODEL No.S-36PF1U6

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

Remote controller (

Supplied / Optional

)Wired / Wireless (See Unit Specification)

Controller P. C. B Ass'y CR - TH2672

Control circuit fuse 250 V, 5 A

Fan (Number … diameter) in. (mm) Centrifugal (4 ... 5-29/32(150))

Fan motor

Model KFC4X-141A6P

Source 230 - 208 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

049 ... 4mpr)hgiH ,V 032( .m.p.r ... elop fo .oN

001Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩBRW - WHT : 39.9 , ORG - YEL : 9.37

(Ambient temperature 68 °68.8:KLB-LEY,19.6:TLV-THW)F

VLT - ORG : 11.4 , BLK - PNK : 14.3

Safety device

Operating temperature Open °662F ±14.4

Close °2.471F ±27

,CAVroticapac nuR µ 5 , V 044F µF

Heat exchanger

Coil Aluminum plate fin / Copper tube

7.21 ... 3hcni rep sniF ... swoR

.tfaera ecaF

)803.0( 23.3)

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb28 28SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb28 28 2012/01/19 22:39:222012/01/19 22:39:22

1-29

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(B) Outdoor Unit

MODEL No.

Source

Controller P.C.B. Ass'y

Control circuit fuse (on the P.C.B.“FIL-CH4872R”)

Compressor

Model....number

Wtuptuo lanimoN

cclio rosserpmoC

Coil resistance ΩC – R : 0.665 R – S : 0.665

(Ambient temperature 25

C)C – S : 0.665

Safety control

Microprocessor safety devices

Overload protector

(Operating temperature)

Open

Crank case heater

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg)

High pressure switch

Fan

mmretemaid..rebmuN

Air circulation (Hi) m3/h

Fan speeds (Max.)

Fan motor

Model No.

Source

No. of pole

Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩRED – WHT : 30.5 WHT – BLK : 30.5

(Ambient temperature 20

KLB)C – RED : 30.5

Safety device

Operating temperature Open

F (

Fµ,CAVroticapac nuR

Heat exchanger

Coil

mmhctip nif....swoR

Face area m2

CR-CH4872R (Microprocessor)

C-7RVN153H0U

280 V, 25 A

U-26PE1U6

208 - 230 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

PSi

FFOerusserp teS

DAJ12-95B61A-CR

3,000

1.... ø460

~800 rpm (Inverter drive control)

R410A - 4.2 (1.9)

–

600

456

1,500

650

Compressor Discharge Gas temperature control

Comressor current detection circuit

230 (110)

203 (95)

–

DC340 V / 3 phase

Propeller

284 (140)

–

1....1.6

PSi

0.675

Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube

F (

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb29 29SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb29 29 2012/01/19 22:39:222012/01/19 22:39:22

1-30

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(B) Outdoor Unit

MODEL No.

Source

Controller P.C.B. Ass'y

Control circuit fuse (on the P.C.B.“FIL-CH4872R”)

Compressor

Model....number

Wtuptuo lanimoN

cclio rosserpmoC

Coil resistance ΩC – R : 0.665 R – S : 0.665

(Ambient temperature 25

C)C – S : 0.665

Safety control

Microprocessor safety devices

Overload protector

(Operating temperature)

Open

Crank case heater

Refrigerant amount at shipment

High pressure switch

Fan

mmretemaid..rebmuN

Air circulation (Hi) m

Fan speeds (Max.)

Fan motor

Model No.

Source

No. of pole

Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩRED – WHT : 30.5 WHT – BLK : 30.5

(Ambient temperature 20

KLB)C – RED : 30.5

Safety device

Operating temperature Open

Fµ Fµ

,CAVroticapac nuR

Heat exchanger

Coil

mmhctip nif....swoR

Face area m

CR-CH4872R (Microprocessor)

C-7RVN153H0U

280 V, 25 A

U-36PE1U6

208 - 230 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

PSi

FFOerusserp teS

DAJ12-95B61A-CR

3,300

1.... ø460

~830 rpm (Inverter drive control)

R410A - 6.2 (2.8)

–

600

456

1,500

650

Compressor Discharge Gas temperature control

Comressor current detection circuit

–

DC340 V / 3 phase

Propeller

–

230V, 40

2....1.8

PSi

0.675

Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube

lbs. (kg)

F (

230 (110)

203 (95)

284 (140)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb30 30SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb30 30 2012/01/19 22:39:232012/01/19 22:39:23

1-31

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(B) Outdoor Unit

MODEL No.

Source

Controller P.C.B. Ass'y

Compressor

Model....number

Wtuptuo lanimoN

cclio rosserpmoC

Coil resistance ΩC – R : 0.169 R – S :0.169

(Ambient temperature 25

C)C – S :0.169

Safety control

Microprocessor safety devices

Overload protector

(Operating temperature)

Open

Crank case heater

Refrigerant amount at shipment

High pressure switch

Fan

mmretemaid..rebmuN

Air circulation (Hi) m3/h

Fan speeds (Max.)

Fan motor

Model No.

Source

No. of pole

Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩRED – WHT : 30.5 WHT – BLK : 30.5

(Ambient temperature 20

KLB)C – RED : 30.5

Safety device

Operating temperature Open

,CAVroticapac nuR

Coil

mmhctip nif....swoR

Face area m2

CR-CH4872R (Microprocessor)

280 V, 25 A

P-42PE1U6

208 - 230 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

PSi

FFOerusserp teS

DAJ12-95B61B-CR

6,000

2.... ø460

~830 rpm (Inverter drive control)

–

600

456

2,700

1,900

–

DC340 V / 3 phase

Propeller

–

2....2.0

PSi

1.080

Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube

lbs. (kg)

Control circuit fuse (on the P.C.B.“FIL-CH4872R”)

Heat exchanger

R410A - 7.9 (3.6)

F (

µF 230V, 60µF

284 (140)

230 (110)

203 (95)

Compressor Discharge Gas temperature control

Comressor current detection circuit

C-9RVN273H0W

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb31 31SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb31 31 2012/01/19 22:39:232012/01/19 22:39:23

1-32

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(B) Outdoor Unit

MODEL No.

Source

Controller P.C.B. Ass'y

Compressor

Model....number

Wtuptuo lanimoN

cclio rosserpmoC

Coil resistance ΩC – R : 0.665 R – S : 0.665

(Ambient temperature 25

C)C – S : 0.665

Safety control

Microprocessor safety devices

Overload protector

(Operating temperature)

Open

Crank case heater

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg)

High pressure switch

Fan

mmretemaid..rebmuN

Air circulation (Hi) m

Fan speeds (Max.)

Fan motor

Model No.

Source

No. of pole

Wtuptuo lanimoN

Coil resistance ΩRED – WHT : 30.5 WHT – BLK : 30.5

(Ambient temperature 20

KLB)C – RED : 30.5

Safety device

Operating temperature Open

,CAVroticapac nuR

Coil

mmhctip nif....swoR

Face area m

CR-CH4872R (Microprocessor)

C-7RVN153H0U

280 V, 25 A

U-26PS1U6

208 - 230 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

PSi

FFOerusserp teS

DAJ12-95B61A-CR

3,000

1.... ø460

~800 rpm (Inverter drive control)

–

600

456

1,500

650

–

DC340 V / 3 phase

Propeller

–

1....1.6

PSi

0.675

Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube

Control circuit fuse (on the P.C.B.“FIL-CH4872R”)

Heat exchanger

R410A - 4.2 (1.9)

F (

µF

284 (140)

230 (110)

203 (95)

Compressor Discharge Gas temperature control

Comressor current detection circuit

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb32 32SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb32 32 2012/01/19 22:39:232012/01/19 22:39:23

1-33

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(B) Outdoor Unit

MODEL No.

Source

Controller P.C.B. Ass'y

Compressor

Model....number

Wtuptuo lanimoN

cclio rosserpmoC

Cecnatsiser lioC – R : 0.665 R – S : 0.665

(Ambient temperature 25

C)C – S : 0.665

Safety control

Microprocessor safety devices

Overload protector

(Operating temperature)

Open

Crank case heater

Refrigerant amount at shipment lbs. (kg)

High pressure switch

Fan

mmretemaid..rebmuN

Air circulation (Hi) m3/h

Fan speeds (Max.)

Fan motor

Model No.

Source

No. of pole

Wtuptuo lanimoN

DERecnatsiser lioC – WHT : 30.5 WHT – BLK : 30.5

(Ambient temperature 20

KLB)C – RED : 30.5

Safety device

Operating temperature Open

,CAVroticapac nuR

Coil

mmhctip nif....swoR

Face area m2

CR-CH4872R (Microprocessor)

C-7RVN153H0U

280 V, 25 A

U-36PS1U6

208 - 230 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

PSi

FFOerusserp teS

DAJ12-95B61A-CR

3,300

1.... ø460

~830 rpm (Inverter drive control)

–

600

456

1,500

650

–

DC340 V / 3 phase

Propeller

–

2....1.8

PSi

0.675

Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube

Ω

Control circuit fuse (on the P.C.B.“FIL-CH4872R”)

Heat exchanger

R410A - 6.2 (2.8)

F (

µF 230V, 40µF

284 (140)

230 (110)

203 (95)

Compressor Discharge Gas temperature control

Comressor current detection circuit

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb33 33SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb33 33 2012/01/19 22:39:232012/01/19 22:39:23

1-34

1. Specifications

1-2 Major Component Specifications

(B) Outdoor Unit

MODEL No.

Source

Controller P.C.B. Ass'y

Compressor

Model....number

Wtuptuo lanimoN

cclio rosserpmoC

Cecnatsiser lioC – R : 0.169 R – S :0.169

(Ambient temperature 25

C)C – S :0.169

Safety control

Microprocessor safety devices

Overload protector

(Operating temperature)

Open

Crank case heater

Refrigerant amount at shipment

High pressure switch

Fan

mmretemaid..rebmuN

Air circulation (Hi) m

Fan speeds (Max.)

Fan motor

Model No.

Source

No. of pole

Wtuptuo lanimoN

DERecnatsiser lioC – WHT : 30.5 WHT – BLK : 30.5

(Ambient temperature 20

KLB)C – RED : 30.5

Safety device

Operating temperature Open

,CAVroticapac nuR

Coil

mmhctip nif....swoR

Face area m

CR-CH4872R (Microprocessor)

280 V, 25 A

U-42PS1U6

208 - 230 V / 1 phase / 60 Hz

PSi

FFOerusserp teS

6,000

2.... ø460

~830 rpm (Inverter drive control)

–

600

456

2,700

1,900

–

DC340 V / 3 phase

Propeller

–

2....2.0

PSi

1.080

Aluminium plate fin / Copper tube

Ω

lbs. (kg)

Control circuit fuse (on the P.C.B.“FIL-CH4872R”)

Heat exchanger

R410A - 7.9 (3.6)

F (

µF 230V, 60µF

284 (140)

230 (110)

203 (95)

Compressor Discharge Gas temperature control

Comressor current detection circuit

DAJ12-95B61A-CR

C-9RVN273H0W

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb34 34SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb34 34 2012/01/19 22:39:232012/01/19 22:39:23

1-35

1. Specifications

1-3 Other Component Specifications

Outdoor Unit

U-26PE1U6, U-26PS1U6.oN LEDOM

Thermistor (Coil sensor) : TH2 to 5

Coil resistance kΩ14 °F:23.7 , 50 °F : 9.7

23 °F:18.8 , 68 °F : 6.5

32 °F:15.0 , 86 °F : 4.4

41 °F : 12.1 , 104 °F : 3.1

113 °F : 2.6

Thermistor (Comp. discharge gas sensor) : TH6

Coil resistance kΩ140 °F : 13.8 , 194 °F : 5.1

158 °F : 9.7 , 212 °F : 3.8

167 °F : 8.2 , 230 °F : 2.8

176 °F : 7.0 , 248 °F : 2.2

185 °F : 5.9 , 266 °F: 1.7

Solenoid coil or 4 way valve

STF-02U2G evlav yaw 4

)ylno ledom pmup taeH( 1AU305QA10 - FTSlioc dioneloS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Electric expansion valve (MOV)

Valve UKV - 18D13

Coil UKV - U013E

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb35 35SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb35 35 2012/01/19 22:39:232012/01/19 22:39:23

1-36

1. Specifications

1-3 Other Component Specifications

Outdoor Unit

U-36PE1U6, U-36PS1U6.oN LEDOM

Thermistor (Coil sensor) : TH2 to 5

Coil resistance kΩ14 °F:23.7 , 50 °F: 9.7

23 °F:18.8 , 68 °F: 6.5

32 °F:15.0 , 86 °F: 4.4

41 °F : 12.1 , 104 °F: 3.1

113 °F: 2.6

Thermistor (Comp. discharge gas sensor) : TH6

Coil resistance kΩ140 °F : 13.8 , 194 °F: 5.1

158 °F : 9.7 , 212 °F: 3.8

167 °F : 8.2 , 230 °F: 2.8

176 °F : 7.0 , 248 °F : 2.2

185 °F : 5.9 , 266 °F: 1.7

Solenoid coil or 4 way valve

G2U20 - FTSevlav yaw 4

)ylno sledom pmup taeH( 1AU305QA10 - FTSlioc dioneloS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Electric expansion valve (MOV)

Valve UKV - 18D13

Coil UKV - U013E

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb36 36SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb36 36 2012/01/19 22:39:232012/01/19 22:39:23

1-37

1. Specifications

U-42PE1U6, U-42PS1U6.oN LEDOM

Thermistor (Coil sensor) : TH2 to 5

Coil resistance kΩ14 °F:23.7 , 50 °F: 9.7

23 °F : 18.8 , 68 °F : 6.5

32 °F : 15.0 , 86 °F: 4.4

41 °F : 12.1 , 104 °F : 3.1

113 °F: 2.6

Thermistor (Comp. discharge gas sensor) : TH6

Coil resistance kΩ140 °F : 13.8 , 194 °F : 5.1

158 °F : 9.7 , 212 °F: 3.8

167 °F : 8.2 , 230 °F : 2.8

176 °F : 7.0 , 248 °F : 2.2

185 °F : 5.9 , 266 °F : 1.7

Solenoid coil or 4 way valve

G1U40 - FTSevlav yaw 4

)ylno ledom pmup taeH( 1AU305QA10 - FTSlioc dioneloS

DATA SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE

Electric expansion valve (MOV)

Valve UKV - 25D

Coil UKV - U013E

1-3 Other Component Specifications

Outdoor Unit

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb37 37SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb37 37 2012/01/19 22:39:232012/01/19 22:39:23

1-38

1. Specifications

1-4 Dimensional data

Indoor unit : 4-Way Cassette Type

26 Type

33-27/32

3-15/16

30-9/16

19-11/16

12-1/8 1-3/16

4-7/8

15/32

1-7/8

33-27/32

32-9/32 (Ceiling opening)

Grille center

29-13/16 (Suspention bolt pitch)

14-1/2 1

Air intake grille

Air outlet

Refrigerant liquid line

(3/8") Flare connection

Refrigerant gas line

(5/8") Flare connection

Drain connection

Power supply entry (conduit size : 1/2")

For discharge duct

Suspention bolt mounting

For fresh air intake

X-view

1917_X_S

14-27/32

22-9/32

(Suspention bolt pitch)

32-9/32 (Ceiling opening)

9-1/8

11-1/2 13-11/32

6-3/16

2-5/16

7-5/32

Dimension : inch

4-7/8

8-11/16

8-27/32

30-9/16

15/32

Detail of

ø5-29/32

ø6-3/8

1/8 hole

2-5/32

2-3/8

3-15/16

10-9/32

8-11/16

4-7/8

Min. 2-15/32

Min. 19/32

ø4-13/32

4-ø1/8 hole

Detail of

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb38 38SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb38 38 2012/01/19 22:39:242012/01/19 22:39:24

1-39

1. Specifications

1-4 Dimensional data

Indoor unit : 4-Way Cassette Type

36, 42Type

45-9/32

41-31/32

31-3/32

19-11/16

13-5/16 1-3/16

4-7/8

15/32

1-7/8

33-27/32

32-9/32 (Ceiling opening)

Grille center

29-13/16 (Suspention bolt pitch)

20-3/16 1

Air intake grille

Air outlet

Refrigerant liquid line (3/8"

) Flare connection

Refrigerant gas line

(5/8") Flare connection

Drain connection

Power supply entry (conduit size : 1/2")

For discharge duct

Suspention bolt mounting

For fresh air intake

X-view

1918_X_S

20-9/16

33-11/16

(Suspention bolt pitch)

43-11/16 (Ceiling opening)

9-1/8

11-1/2 13-11/32

7-3/32

6-3/16

2-5/16

7-5/32

Dimension : inch

4-7/8

9-19/32

9-13/16

30-9/16

15/32

Detail of

ø5-29/32

6-3/8

1/8 hole

2-5/32

2-3/8

3-15/16

11-15/32

9-19/32

4-7/8

Min. 2-15/32

Min. 19/32

4-13/32

1/8 hole

Detail of

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb39 39SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb39 39 2012/01/19 22:39:242012/01/19 22:39:24

1-40

1. Specifications

1-4 Dimensional data

Dimension : inch

Refrigerant liquid line (3/8") Flare connection

Refrigerant gas line (5/8") Flare connection

Drain hose OD 45/64

Drain and wiring port (3-5/32)

Indoor unit : Wall Mounted Type

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb40 40SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb40 40 2012/01/19 22:39:242012/01/19 22:39:24

1-41

1. Specifications

1-4 Dimensional data

Indoor unit : Ceiling Type

26 Type

Drain connection

Drain connection for left side

Refrigerant liquid line (3/8") Flare connection

Refrigerant gas line (5/8") Flare connection

Hole for rear side refrigerant tubing

Hole for through-the-wall refrigerant tubing (ø3-15/16" hole)

Hole for fresh air intake (Knockout hole)

Hole for right side refrigerant tubing (Knockout hole)

Hole for left side drain connection (Knockout hole)

Hole for power supply (Conduit size 1/2")

Infrared rays receiver for wireless remote controller

Cutting position for fresh air intake

1919_THS_I

Dimension : inch

Air intake

Air outlet

2 ft. or more

Hole for wall-through piping (View from front)

9-7/8

7-15/32

8-7/16

51-3/16

26-3/8

11-1/32

12-7/32

50-13/32

5-25/32

12-19/32 6-5/16 3-3/32

3-3/4

5-25/32

4-23/32

2-17/32

5-9/32

5-25/32

1-3/326-5/16

3-9/324-9/16

5-3/4

7-7/32

4-1/16

9-7/8

5-9/16

1-3/848-7/16 (Suspension bolt hole pitch)

3-1/2

5-25/32

2-25/325-3/16

11-1/32

3-15/16 1-3/8

3-3/8

6-3/32 3-15/16

Front (Service space)(Service space)

Holes in the rear side (View from front)

(Suspension bolt hole pitch)

or more

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb41 41SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb41 41 2012/01/19 22:39:242012/01/19 22:39:24

1-42

1. Specifications

1-4 Dimensional data

Indoor unit : Ceiling Type

36, 42 Type

Drain connection

Drain connection for left side

Refrigerant liquid line (3/8") Flare connection

Refrigerant gas line (5/8") Flare connection

Hole for rear side refrigerant tubing

Hole for through-the-wall refrigerant tubing (

3-15/16" hole)

Hole for fresh air intake (Knockout hole)

Hole for right side refrigerant tubing (Knockout hole)

Hole for left side drain connection (Knockout hole)

Hole for power supply (Conduit size 1/2")

Infrared rays receiver for wireless remote controller

Cutting position for fresh air intake

1920_TS_I

Dimension : inch

Air intake

Air outlet

2 ft. or more

Hole for wall-through piping (View from front)

9-7/8

9-7/16

8-7/16

26-3/8

11-1/32

12-7/32

61-7/32

7-3/4

12-19/32 6-5/16 5-15/16

5-1/2

7-3/4

6-11/16

4-1/2

7-1/4

7-3/4

1-3/326-5/16

3-5/324-3/4

5-3/4

7-7/32

4-1/16

9-7/8

5-9/16

1-3/859-1/4 (Suspension bolt hole pitch)

3-1/2

5-25/32

2-25/325-3/16

11-1/32

3-15/16 1-31/32

3-3/8

6-3/32 7-31/32

Front (Service space)(Service space)

Holes in the rear side (View from front)

(Suspension bolt hole pitch)

or more

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb42 42SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb42 42 2012/01/19 22:39:242012/01/19 22:39:24

1-43

1. Specifications

1-4 Dimensional data

Indoor unit : Low Silhouette Duct Type

26 Type

Refrigerant liquid line

(3/8") Flare connection

Refrigerant gas line

(5/8") Flare connection

Upper drain port (O.D. 1-1/4)

Bottom drain port (O.D. 1-1/32)

Suspension lug

Power supply inlet (conduit size 1/2")

Fresh air intake port (

5-29/32)

Flange for the flexible air outlet duct (

7-7/8)

Tube cover

Electrical component box

Flange for the air intake duct

(option or field supply)

1914_U_I

(Suspension bolt pitch)

16-

1/8

(Hole)

37-7/8 (Air outlet duct flange)

35-7/16

39-3/8

42-17/32 (Suspension bolt pitch) (5-29/32)

1-9/16

11-13/32 11-12/32 10-23/32 2-15/16

2-9/16

7-3/32

1-7/32

22-27/32 31/32

4-17/32

3/4

15/16

10-1/4

(Air outlet

duct flange)

Dimension : inch

3-17/32

7-9/32

11-7/32

2-3/4

5-1/8

31/32 8-9/32

12-7/32

31/32

6-7/8

1-3/8

7-15/32

3-11/32

31/32

2-3/41-3/16

6-5/16

24-13/16

31/32

13/32

Inspection access

(17-23/32 × 17-23/32)

(Field supply)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb43 43SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb43 43 2012/01/19 22:39:242012/01/19 22:39:24

1-44

1. Specifications

1-4 Dimensional data

Indoor unit : Low Silhouette Duct Type

36 Type

Refrigerant liquid line (3/8") Flare connection

Refrigerant gas line (5/8") Flare connection

Upper drain port (O.D. 1-1/4)

Bottom drain port (O.D. 1-1/32)

Suspension lug

Power supply inlet (conduit size 1/2")

Fresh air intake port (ø5-29/32)

Flange for the flexible air outlet duct (ø7-7/8)

Tube cover

Electrical component box

Flange for the air intake duct

(option or field supply)

1915_U_I

(Suspension bolt pitch)

18-ø1/8

(Hole)

56-25/32 (Air outlet duct flange)

9-1/16 P

6 = 54-11/32

58-9/32

61-13/32 (Suspension bolt pitch) (5-29/32)

1-9/16

13-3/16 13-3/16 13-3/16 12-7/32 2-15/16

2-9/16

9-1/16

1-7/321-7/32

22-27/32 31/32

4-17/32

3/4

15/16

10-1/4

(Air outlet

duct flange)

11-7/32

2-3/4

5-1/8

31/32 8-9/32

12-7/32

31/32

6-7/8

1-3/8

7-15/32

3-11/32

31/32

2-3/41-3/16

6-5/16

24-13/16

31/32

13/32

Inspection access

(17-23/32 × 17-23/32)

(Field supply)

3-17/32

7-9/32

Dimension : inch

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb44 44SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb44 44 2012/01/19 22:39:242012/01/19 22:39:24

1-45

1. Specifications

23/32

1-7/32

HGF11/32

B (O.D.)

(Hole)

C-ø1/8

(Hole)

1/4

(Hole)

12-1/32

10-1/4 (O.D.) 29/32

7-7/8

1-25/32

5/16

1-25/32

31/32

13/32

2118_U_I

2-ø1/8

13/32

31/32

8-9/32 31/32

AB C*

ø 1/8 Number of holes

DEFG HI

26 type 39-9/32 37-7/8 5 7-3/32 5 × 7-3/32 = 35-7/16 4-23/32 9-21/32 (9-21/32 × 1) 9-27/32 5/8

36 type 58-3/16 56-25/32 6 9-1/16 6 × 9-1/16 = 54-11/32 4-23/32 19-9/32 (9-21/32 × 2) 9-7/16 25/32

(inch)

1-4 Dimensional data

Indoor unit : Low Silhouette Duct Type

Flange for the air intake duct (Field supply)

: For Concealed Duct Type

Thickness more than T1/16 inch

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb45 45SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb45 45 2012/01/19 22:39:242012/01/19 22:39:24

1-46

1. Specifications

1-4 Dimensional Data

(B) Outdoor Unit: U-26PE1U6, U-26PS1U6

U-36PE1U6, U-36PS1U6

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb46 46SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb46 46 2012/01/19 22:39:252012/01/19 22:39:25

1-47

1. Specifications

1-4 Dimensional Data

(B) Outdoor Unit: U-42PE1U6, U-42PS1U6

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb47 47SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb47 47 2012/01/19 22:39:252012/01/19 22:39:25

1-48

1. Specifications

1-5 Refrigerant Flow Diagram

Outdoor Unit : U-26PE1U6, U-26PS1U6 Indoor Unit : 26, 30, 36 Types

U-36PE1U6, U-36PS1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb48 48 2011/11/09 20:22:21

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb48 48SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb48 48 2012/01/19 22:39:252012/01/19 22:39:25

1-49

1. Specifications

1-5 Refrigerant Flow Diagram

Outdoor Unit: U-42PE1U6, U-42PS1U6 Indoor Unit: 42 Type

1-6 Operating Range

Temperature Indoor Air Intake Outdoor Air Intake

Cooling Maximum 90 °F DB / 77 °F WB 115 °F DB

Minimum 64 °F DB / 57 °F WB 14 °F DB

Heating Maximum 86 °F DB 64 °F WB / 75 °F DB

Minimum °F WB / -4 °F DB-4 °F DB61

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb49 49 2011/11/09 20:22:21

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb49 49SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb49 49 2012/01/19 22:39:252012/01/19 22:39:25

1-50

1. Specifications

1-7 Capacity Correction Graph According to Temperature Condition

U-26PE1U6, U-26PS1U6

U-36PE1U6, U-36PS1U6

U-42PE1U6, U-42PS1U6

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb50 50SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb50 50 2012/01/19 22:39:262012/01/19 22:39:26

1-51

1. Specifications

1-8 Noise Criterion Curves

4-Way Cassette Type

MODEL : S-26PU1U6

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 38 dB(A), NC 31

LOW 31 dB(A), NC 23

CONDITION : Center, Under the unit 4.9 ft.

SOURCE :

208 - 230 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

MODEL : S-42PU1U6

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 45 dB(A), NC 38

LOW 34 dB(A), NC 27

CONDITION : Center, Under the unit 4.9 ft.

SOURCE :

208 - 230 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

MODEL : S-36PU1U6

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 44 dB(A), NC 37

LOW 33 dB(A), NC 25

CONDITION : Center, Under the unit 4.9 ft.

SOURCE :

208 - 230 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

APPROXIMATE

THRESHOLD OF

HEARING FOR

CONTINUOUS

NOISE

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

NC-20

NC-40

NC-50

NC-30

2108_X_I

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

APPROXIMATE

THRESHOLD OF

HEARING FOR

CONTINUOUS

NOISE

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

NC-40

NC-50

NC-30

2109_X_

NC-20

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

APPROXIMATE

THRESHOLD OF

HEARING FOR

CONTINUOUS

NOISE

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

NC-40

NC-50

NC-30

2110_X_

NC-20

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb51 51SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb51 51 2012/01/19 22:39:262012/01/19 22:39:26

1-52

1. Specifications

1-8 Noise Criterion Curves

Wall Mounted Type

SOURCE :

208 - 230 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

CONDITION : Distance 3.3 ft., Under the unit 3.3 ft.

S-26PK1U6

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb52 52SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb52 52 2012/01/19 22:39:262012/01/19 22:39:26

1-53

1. Specifications

1-8 Noise Criterion Curves

Ceiling Type

MODEL : S-26PT1U6

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 40 dB(A), NC 34

LOW 36 dB(A), NC 26

CONDITION :

Distance 3.3 ft., Under the unit 3.3 ft.

SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

APPROXIMATE

THRESHOLD OF

HEARING FOR

CONTINUOUS

NOISE

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

NC-20

NC-40

NC-50

NC-30

1221_X_I

MODEL : S-36PT1U6

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 46 dB(A), NC 39

LOW 37 dB(A), NC 31

CONDITION :

Distance 3.3 ft., Under the unit 3.3 ft.

SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

MODEL : S-42PT1U6

SOUND LEVEL : HIGH 47 dB(A), NC 40

LOW 38 dB(A), NC 32

CONDITION :

Distance 3.3 ft., Under the unit 3.3 ft.

SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

APPROXIMATE

THRESHOLD OF

HEARING FOR

CONTINUOUS

NOISE

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

NC-40

NC-50

NC-30

2113_X_I

NC-20

2114_X_I

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

APPROXIMATE

THRESHOLD OF

HEARING FOR

CONTINUOUS

NOISE

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

NC-40

NC-50

NC-30

NC-20

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb53 53SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb53 53 2012/01/19 22:39:262012/01/19 22:39:26

1-54

1. Specifications

1-8 Noise Criterion Curves

Low Silhouette Duct Type

MODEL : S-26PF1U6

SOUND LEVEL :

HIGH 34 dB(A), NC 22 / LOW 27 dB(A), NC 18

CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft.

SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

1761_U_I

APPROXIMATE

THRESHOLD OF

HEARING FOR

CONTINUOUS

NOISE

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

NC-50

NC-40

NC-30

NC-20

MODEL : S-36PF1U6

SOUND LEVEL :

HIGH 38 dB(A), NC 30 / LOW 31 dB(A), NC 21

CONDITION : Under the unit 4.9 ft.

SOURCE : 208 - 230 V, 1 Phase, 60 Hz

1762_U_I

APPROXIMATE

THRESHOLD OF

HEARING FOR

CONTINUOUS

NOISE

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz

OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB

(0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

NC-50

NC-40

NC-30

NC-20

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb54 54SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb54 54 2012/01/19 22:39:262012/01/19 22:39:26

1-55

1. Specifications

1-8 Noise Criterion Curves

Outdoor Units

REMARKS: 1. Value obtained in the actual place where the unit is installed may be slightly higher than the values shown

in this graph because of the conditions of operation, the structure of the building, the background noise and

other factors.

2. The test results were obtained from an nechoic room.

NOTE

To evaluate “Noise level” the maximum number of the measured OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL is used.

Read the number on each BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES (horizontal axis) ranging from 63 Hz to 8000 Hz and select the

maximum value (vertical axis) among them.

U-26PE1U6, U-26PS1U6

U-42PE1U6, U-42PS1U6

U-36PE1U6, U-36PS1U6

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb55 55SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb55 55 2012/01/19 22:39:262012/01/19 22:39:26

1-56

1. Specifications

1-9 Increasing the Fan Speed

Jumper cable

Electrical component box

(At shipment) (Jumper cable installed)

2159_M_I

Fan motor socket

Fan

motor

900

Air Flow (CFM)

External Static Pressure

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

150

700500300

Limit line

100

1982_U_I

(Pa)

(inAq)

Limit line

Air Flow (CFM)

External Static Pressure

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.8

150

200

500 1000

Limit line

100

1983_U_I

(inAq)

(Pa)

Limit line

NOTE HT : Using the booster cable

H : At shipment

How to read the diagram

The vertical axis is the external static pressure (Pa) while the horizontal axis represents the AIR FLOW (CFM).

The characteristic curves for “HT”, “H”, “M” and “L” fan speed control are shown.

The nameplate values are shown based on the “H” air flow. For the 26 type, the air flow is 636 CFM, while the

external static pressure is 49 Pa at “H” position. If external static pressure is too great (due to long extension of

duct, for example), the air flow volume may drop too low at each air outlet.

This problem may be solved by increasing the fan speed as explained above.

If external static pressure is too great (due to long extension

of ducts, for example), the air flow volume may drop too low

at each air outlet. This problem may be solved by increasing

the fan speed using the following procedure:

(1) Remove 4 screws on the electrical component box and

remove the cover plate.

(2) Disconnect the fan motor sockets in the box.

(3) Take out the jumper cable (sockets at both ends) clamped

in the box.

(4) Securely connect the jumper cable sockets

between the disconnected fan motor sockets in step 2.

(5) Place the cable neatly in the box and reinstall the cover

plate.

Indoor Fan Performance

epyT 63epyT 62

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb56 56SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb56 56 2012/01/19 22:39:262012/01/19 22:39:26

1-57

1. Specifications

1-10 Air throw distance chart

4-Way Cassette Type

03 7 10131720

HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft.)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft./sec)

VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft.)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY

2111_X_I

Model: 26 Type

Model: 36, 42 Type

: LOUVER ANGLE 20˚ in Cooling mode

: LOUVER ANGLE 60˚ in Heating mode

Condition Fan Speed : Hi

Room air temp. : 80˚F DB in cooling mode

68˚F DB in heating mode

03 7 10131720

HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft.)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft./sec)

VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft.)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY

2112_X_I

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb57 57SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb57 57 2012/01/19 22:39:272012/01/19 22:39:27

1-58

1. Specifications

1-10 Air throw distance chart

Wall Mounted Type

COOLING - - - - - HEATING

FAN SPEED HIGH HIGH

ROOM AIR TEMP. 80°F70°F

FLAP ANGLE 0°, 22.5°, 45°45°, 67.5°

Axis air velocity (ft./sec.)

Vertical distance (ft.)

Horizontal distance (ft.)

Model: 26 Type

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb58 58SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb58 58 2012/01/19 22:39:272012/01/19 22:39:27

1-59

1. Specifications

1-10 Air throw distance chart

Ceiling Type

Model: 26 Type

0371013172023262933

HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft.)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft./sec)

VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft.)

2115_T_I

AXIS AIR VELOCITY

Model: 36 Type

2116_T_I

AXIS AIR VELOCITY

0371013172023262933

HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft.)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft./sec)

VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft.)

Model: 42 Type

2117_T_I

AXIS AIR VELOCITY

FAN SPEED

HEATINGCOOLING

ROOM AIR TEMP.

LOUVER ANGLE

HIGHHIGH

68° F80°F

54°– 7°

: COOLING

: HEATING

0 3 7 1013172023262933

HORIZONTAL DISTANCE (ft.)

AXIS AIR VELOCITY (ft./sec)

VERTICAL DISTANCE (ft.)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb59 59SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb59 59 2012/01/19 22:39:272012/01/19 22:39:27

1-60

1. Specifications

1-11. ELECTRICAL WIRING

General Precautions on Wiring

(1)

as shown on its nameplate, then carry out the wiring

closely following the wiring diagram.

(2)

Before wiring, confirm the rated voltage of the unit

Provide a power outlet to be used exclusively for

each unit, and a power supply disconnect and circuit

breaker for overcurrent protection should be provided

in the exclusive line.

(3)

unit must be grounded.

(4)

with the wiring system diagram.

Wrong wiring may cause the unit to misoperate or

become damaged.

(5)

compressor, or any moving parts of the fan.

(6)

To prevent possible hazards from insulation failure, the

Each wiring connection must be done in accordance

Do not allow wiring to touch the refrigerant tubing,

Unauthorized changes in the internal wiring can be

very dangerous. The manufacturer will accept no

responsibility for any damage or misoperation that

occurs as a result of such unauthorized changes.

(7)

locality. For field wiring rules, must follow your LOCAL

ELECTRICAL CODES before beginning.

You must ensure that installation complies with all

relevant rules and regulations.

(8)

Regulations on wire diameters differ from locality to

To prevent malfunction of the air conditioner caused

by electrical noise, care must be taken when wiring as

follows:

The remote control wiring and the inter-unit

control wiring should be wired apart from the inter-

unit power wiring.

Use shielded wires for inter-unit control wiring

between units and ground the shield on one side

only.

(9)

it must be replaced by a repair shop appointed by

the manufacturer, because special-purpose tools are

required.

(10)

If the power supply cord of this appliance is damaged,

All wiring used must be Class 1.

Recommended Wire Length and Wire Diameter for Power Supply System

You must follow LOCAL ELECTRICAL CODES for wiring.

Outdoor Unit

Type Time delay fuse or

circuit capacity

U-26PE1U6 30 A

U-36PE1U6 35 A

U-42PE1U6 40 A

Type Time delay fuse or

circuit capacity

U-26PS1U6 25 A

U-36PS1U6 30 A

U-42PS1U6 35 A

Indoor Unit

Type Time delay fuse or

circuit capacity

U1, K1, T1, F1 15 A

Control Wiring

(A) Inter-Unit Control Wiring (B) Remote Control Wiring (C) Control Wiring For Group Control

AWG #18

Use high voltage wire (300 V)*1AWG #18*2

(0.75 mm2) AWG #18 *2

- (0.75 mm2)

Max. 650 - ft. (Total)Max. 1,650 ft.Max. 3,300 ft.

AWG=American Wire Gauge

*1 With ring-type wire terminal

*2 Wire joint connection

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb60 60SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb60 60 2012/01/19 22:39:272012/01/19 22:39:27

1-61

1. Specifications

Inter-unit

power wiring

Power wiringInter-unit

control wiring

8P terminal board

Outdoor Unit

Indoor Unit

U1 U2 1 2 G L1 L2

Wiring System Diagrams

Basic wiring diagram for standard control

NOTE

Disconnect switch may be needed by the National/Local code.

ALWAYS COMPLY WITH NATIONAL AND LOCAL

CODE REQUIREMENTS.

NOTE

(1)

(2)

(B), (C) have no polarity. But for other wiring, respect

polarity. Be sure to connect as shown in the Wiring

System Diagram.

(3)

Refer to Recommended Wire Length and Wire Diameter

for Power Supply System for the explanation of “A”, “B”

and “C” in the above diagrams.

Inter-Unit Control Wiring (A) and remote control wiring

In case of separate supply connection to indoor unit,

over current protection must be provided between

power source and indoor unit.

MAXIMUM OVER CURRENT PROTECTION 15 A

(FUSE OR HACR TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKER)

WHT

Remote

Controller

Indoor

unit

Grounding line

BLK

Inter-unit power line

208 / 230 V, 60 Hz

, 1-PH

Power supply

208 / 230 V, 60Hz, 1-PH

Grounding line

Outdoor unit

INV unit

Indoor

unit

Grounding line

Inter-unit power line

208 / 230 V, 60 Hz

, 1-PH

Power supply

208 / 230 V, 60Hz, 1-PH

Grounding line

Outdoor unit

INV unit

* Disconnect switch

Field supply

Wire joint

connection

Wire joint

connection

Unit

control

Line

Power

supply

Remote

control

Line

5P terminal board

L1 L2

U1 U2

K1 Type

L1 L2

Unit

control

Line

Power

supply

5P terminal board

U1, T1, F1 Types

Remote

control

Line

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb61 61SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb61 61 2012/01/19 22:39:272012/01/19 22:39:27

1-62

1. Specifications

WARNING

Loose wiring may cause the

terminal to overheat or result

in unit malfunction. A fire

hazard may also exist.

Therefore, ensure that all

wiring is tightly connected.

How to Connect Wiring to the Terminal

For stranded wiring

(1) Cut the wire end with a wire cutter or wire-cutting

pliers, then strip the insulation to expose the stranded

wiring about 3/8 in. (Fig. 1-1)

(2) Using a Phillips head screwdriver, remove the terminal

screw(s) on the terminal plate.

(3) Using a ring connector fastener or pliers, securely

clamp each stripped wire end with a ring pressure

terminal. (Fig. 1-1)

(4) Place the ring pressure terminal, and replace

and tighten the removed terminal screw using a

screwdriver. (Fig. 1-2)

When connecting each power wire to the corresponding

terminal, follow the instructions on “How to connect wiring

to the terminal” and fasten the wire securely with the fixing

screw of the terminal plate.

Fig. 1-2

Fig. 1-1

Stranded wire

Ring

pressure

terminal

Strip 3/8 in.

Screw and

Special washer

Ring

pressure

terminal

Wire

Terminal plate

Ring pressure

terminal

Screw

Special

washer

Wire

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb62 62SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb62 62 2012/01/19 22:39:272012/01/19 22:39:27

1-63

1. Specifications

1-12. Installation Instructions

1. Tubing Size

Outdoor Unit

Single type

Refrigerant tubing between the indoor and outdoor units

should be kept as short as possible.

The length of the refrigerant tubes between the indoor

and outdoor units are limited by the elevation difference

between the 2 units. During tubing work, try to make both

the tubing length (L) and the difference in elevation (H1)

as short as possible. Refer to Table 1-2.

Table 1-1

Indoor unit type 26, 36 types 42 type

165 ft.165 ft.Maximum length

Charge-less tubing length (actual length) 10 – 100 ft. 15 – 100 ft.

0.43 oz.Additional charge per 1 ft.

Maximum indoor-outdoor

height difference

If outdoor unit is higher H1

100

If outdoor unit is lower 50

Single

Main tubing L

Table 1-2 Tubing Data for Models

U-26PE1U6

U-26PS1U6

U-36PE1U6

U-36PS1U6

U-42PE1U6

U-42PS1U6

Tubing size

outer diameter

Liquid tube in. (mm) 3/8 (9.52) 3/8 (9.52) 3/8 (9.52)

Gas tube in. (mm) 5/8 (15.88) 5/8 (15.88) 5/8 (15.88)

165 165 165(ft.)

(ft.)

Limit of tubing length

Limit of elevation

difference between

the 2 units

Outdoor unit is placed 100 100 100

higher.

Outdoor unit is placed 50 50 50

lower.

Max. allowable tubing length at shipment 10 – 100 10 – 100 10 – 100

Required additional refrigerant * 1(oz./ft.) a) 0.43 b) 0.43 b) 0.43

Refrigerant charged at shipment (lbs.) 4.2 6.2 7.9

No additional charge of compressor oil is necessary.

*1 If total tubing length becomes 100 to 165 ft., charge additional refrigerant by 0.43 oz./ft.

Table 1-3 List of Connection Tube Sizes

Main tubing (L)

Type capacity of indoor units 26 – 42

Gas tube ø5/8"

Liquid tube ø3/8"

Amount of additional charge per 1 ft. 0.43 oz.

Tubing Data Models

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb63 63SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb63 63 2012/01/19 22:39:282012/01/19 22:39:28

1-64

1. Specifications

CAUTION

1. This unit requires no additional refrigerant charge up to 100 ft. tubing length.

In case of more than 100 ft., additional refrigerant charge is required. Refer to Table

1-3.

2. In case of multi type installation, indoor units should be installed within the same

room. If multi type indoor units are installed in different rooms, temperature control

may develop problems because thermostat operation must follow the thermostat

condition of 1 indoor unit only (the main unit).

WARNING

Always check the gas density for the room in which the unit is installed.

2. Check of density limit

The room in which the air conditioner is to be

installed requires a design that in the event of

refrigerant gas leaking out, its density will not exceed

a set limit.

The refrigerant (R410A), which is used in the air

conditioner, is safe, without the toxicity or combustibility of

ammonia, and is not restricted by laws imposed to protect

the ozone layer. However, since it contains more than air,

it poses the risk of suffocation if its density should rise

excessively. Suffocation from leakage of

refrigerant is almost non-existent.

With the recent increase in the number of high density

buildings, however, the installation of multi air conditioner

systems is on the increase because of the need for

effective use of floor space, individual control, energy

conservation by curtailing heat and carrying power, etc.

Most importantly, the multi air conditioner system is able

to replenish a large amount of refrigerant compared to

conventional individual air conditioners. If a single unit of

the multi air conditioner system is to be installed in a small

room, select a suitable model and installation procedure

so that if the refrigerant accidentally leaks out, its density

does not reach the limit (and in the event of an

emergency, measures can be made before injury can

occur).

SHRAE and the International Mechanical Code of

the ICC as well as CSA provide guidance and define

safeguards related to the use of refrigerants, all of which

define a Refrigerant Concentration Level (RCL) of 25

pounds per 1,000 cubic feet for R410A refrigerant.

For additional guidance and precautions related to

refrigerant safety, please refer to the following documents:

International Mechanical Code 2009 (IMC-2009)

(or more recently revised)

SHRAE 15

SHRAE 34

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb64 64SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb64 64 2012/01/19 22:39:282012/01/19 22:39:28

1-65

1. Specifications

3. SELECTING THE INSTALLATION SITE

3-1. Outdoor Unit

AVOID:

heat sources, exhaust fans, etc. (Fig. 1-3)

damp, humid or uneven locations

DO:

choose a place as cool as possible.

choose a place that is well ventilated and outside

air temperature does not exceed maximum 115°F

constantly.

allow enough room around the unit for air intake/

exhaust and possible maintenance. (Fig. 1-4)

use lug bolts or equal to bolt down unit, reducing

vibration and noise.

if cooling operation is to be used when the outdoor air

temperature is 23°F or below, install a duct on

the outdoor unit.

Installation space

Distance between obstructions and the unit air inlet

and outlet must be as shown below.

Installation requirements

provide a solid base (concrete block, 4"×16"

beams or equal), a minimum of 6" above ground

level to reduce humidity and protect the unit against

possible water damage and decreased service life.

(Fig. 1-6)

use lug bolts or equal to bolt down unit, reducing

vibration and noise.

Fig. 1-5

Out-

door

unit

Heat source

Hot air

Exhaust fan

*4*2

More than 1/2"

More than

3.3 ft.

More than 1/2"

Inlet side C

Outlet side

Inlet side

More than 8"

(field supply)

(Ground)

Air direction chamber

(Obstruction above unit)

(Obstruction on

inlet side)

Anchor bolts

(4 pieces)

Fig. 1-4

Fig. 1-3

Fig. 1-6

CAUTION

Concerning inlet-side distance “C” (Fig. 1-4)

The minimum for distance “C” is 6" if there are no obstructions on the outlet side

(wall *1 side) and *2 or *4 is not present. In all other cases, the minimum for distance

“C” is 8".

If the unit is installed with the outlet side facing wall *1, then there must be no obstructions

on 2 of the remaining 3 sides: *2, *3, *4.

If wall *1 is on the outlet side (Fig. 1-4), or if obstructions are present on all 3 sides *2,

*3, and *4 (Fig. 1-4), then the minimum distance for “A” and “B” is 80" (Fig. 1-5). Even

if there is no wall on the outlet side, a minimum of 3.3 ft. is required.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb65 65SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb65 65 2012/01/19 22:39:282012/01/19 22:39:28

1-66

1. Specifications

3-2. Air-Discharge Chamber for Top Discharge

Be sure to install an air discharge chamber in the

field when:

it is difficult to keep a space of min. 20" between

the air discharge outlet and an obstacle.

the air discharge outlet is facing a sidewalk and

discharged hot air may bother passers-by.

Refer to Fig. 1-7.

3-3. Installing the Unit in Heavy Snow Areas

In locations with strong wind, snow-proof ducting

should be fitted and direct exposure to the wind

should be avoided as much as possible.

Countermeasures against snow and wind

In regions with snow and strong wind, the following

problems may occur when the outdoor unit is not provided

with a platform and snow-proof ducting:

unit may occur.

The outdoor fan may not run and damage to the

There may be no air flow.

The tubing may freeze and burst.

The condenser pressure may drop because of

strong wind, and the indoor unit may freeze.

3-4. Precautions for Installation in Heavy Snow Areas

(1)

depth. (Fig. 1-8)

(2)

used for the platform, and the platform should be

installed beneath the air intake side of outdoor unit.

(3)

must be secured with anchor bolts.

(4)

The platform should be higher than the max. snow

The 2 anchoring feet of the outdoor unit should be

The platform foundation must be firm and the unit

In case of installation on a roof subject to strong

wind, countermeasures must be taken to prevent

the unit from being blown over.

Fig. 1-7

Fig. 1-8

Fig. 1-9

In regions with significant snowfall, the outdoor unit should

be provided with a platform and snow-proof duct.

Air discharge

Without snow-

proof ducting

(Low platform)

With snow-

proof ducting

(High platform)

Outdoor

Duct

Air

Unit

Intake

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb66 66SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb66 66 2012/01/19 22:39:282012/01/19 22:39:28

1-67

1. Specifications

3-5. Dimensions of Wind Ducting

Reference diagram for air-discharge chamber (ﬁ eld supply)

For U-26PE(S)1U6 / U-36PE(S)1U6 unit

①Air discharge chamber

②Air discharge chamber (base)

For U-42PE(S)1U6 unit

①Unit front, air discharge chamber

②Unit left side, air discharge chamber

③Unit right side, air discharge chamber

④Reinforcement brackets, 4 locations

Note: In snowy regions, if there is concern that snow may enter the air discharge

chamber, remove the base of the chamber (10 screws) before using.

(25/32)

(25/32)(25/32)

(25/32)

21-13/16

9-7/8

22-7/16

23-15/32

1-1/16

5-5/32

5-3/16

9-27/329-27/32

21-13/16

15/16 17/32

21-39/64

Rectangular hole

(both sides)

6-ø15/64 hole

3-ø5/32 hole

Unit: inch

9-7/161-1/8

1-1/8

1-3/8

21-5/32

12-15/32

2-3/4

Rectangular

hole

Rectangular

hole

Rectangular

hole

Rectangular

hole

11-13/16

9-7/16

1-3/8

12-15/3221-5/32

2-3/4

21-13/32 11

22-13/32

42-29/32

39-1/4

9-27/32

12-7/32

9-27/32

Unit: inch

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb67 67SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb67 67 2012/01/19 22:39:282012/01/19 22:39:28

1-68

1. Specifications

Dimensions of Outdoor Unit with air-discharge chamber (ﬁ eld supply)

U-26PE(S)1U6 / U-36PE(S)1U6 unit

U-42PE(S)1U6 unit

13-3/8

2-17/32 21-13/16

1/2

6-11/16 25-31/32 4-5/16

2/12/1

14-31/32

15-15/16

19/32

3/5223/52

13/32

Wind direction

Wind

direction

Wind direction

30-23/32

23/32

9-7/8

21-5/8 4-1/16

5-3/16

Wind direction

Unit: inch

4-5/16

25-31/326-11/16

1/2 1/2

13-3/8

15-15/16

14-31/32 13/32

19/32

25/3225/32

1/2

2-11/36 21-13/32

11-13/16

Wind

direction

Wind direction

23/32

48-7/16

Wind

direction

Wind

direction

Wind

direction

Wind

direction

11-13/16

4-1/439-1/4

Wind direction

Unit: inch

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb68 68SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb68 68 2012/01/19 22:39:282012/01/19 22:39:28

1-69

1. Specifications

Reference diagram for air-discharge chamber (ﬁ eld supply)

U-26PE(S)1U6 / U-36PE(S)1U6 / U-42PE(S)1U6

Required space around outdoor unit

If the air discharge chamber is used, the space shown below must be secured around the outdoor unit.

If the unit is used without the required space, a protective device may activate, preventing the unit from operating.

(1) Single-unit installation

(2) Multiple-unit installation

Installation in lateral rows

Installation in front-rear rows

CAUTION

The top and both sides must remain open. If there are obstacles to the front and rear of

the outdoor unit, the obstacle at either the front or rear must be no taller than the height of

the outdoor unit.

CAUTION

The front and top must remain open.

The obstacles must be no taller than the height of the outdoor unit.

CAUTION

The front and both sides must remain open.

Min. 39-3/8

Min. 7-7/8

Unit: inch

More than 15-3/4

61/31-11nahteroM61/31-11nahteroM

More than 7-7/8

Unit: inch

Installation with intakes facing outlets Installation with intakes facing

intakes or outlets facing outlets

More than 78-3/4

More than 15-3/4

More than 59-1/16

Unit: inch

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb69 69SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb69 69 2012/01/19 22:39:282012/01/19 22:39:28

1-70

1. Specifications

3-6. Dimensions of Snow Ducting

Reference diagram for snow-proof vents (ﬁ eld supply)

For U-26PE(S)1U6 / U-36PE(S)1U6 unit

①Unit top, snow-proof vent

②Unit left side

③Unit right side

④Unit reverse side

⑤Unit reverse side

⑥Unit sides, reinforcement brackets for snow-proof vent

For U-42PE(S)1U6 unit

①Unit top, snow-proof vent

②Unit left side

③Unit right side

④Unit reverse side

⑤Unit reverse side

⑥Unit sides, reinforcement brackets for snow-proof vent

25-13/32

17-15/32

9-3/16

16-25/32

27-29/32

3-31/32

11-29/32

16-25/32

9-3/16

27-29/32

30-3/32

1-21/32

25/32

5-3/32

19-11/16

9-3/8

30-11/16

28-3/4

19-11/16

5/8

13-25/32

3-3/4

Fastened by screws at 13 locations

Fastened by screws at 3 locations

(also on reverse side)

Fastened by screw at 1

location (also on reverse side)

Unit anchor hole

(6 – ø7 hole)

Unit: inch

17-15/32

25-13/32

9-3/16

28-13/16

15-9/32

47-19/32

311-7/8

3-31/32

9-3/16

28-13/16

1-13/16

47-19/32

30-3/32

5-29/32

17-23/3219-11/16

25-32

13-5/16

19-11/16

1-5/8 28-3/4

30-5/8

5/8

3-3/4 19-11/16

Fastened by screws at 13 locations

Fastened by screws at

3 locations (also on reverse side)

Fastened by screw at

1 location (also on reverse side)

Unit anchor hole

(7 – ø7 hole)

Unit: inch

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb70 70SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb70 70 2012/01/19 22:39:282012/01/19 22:39:28

1-71

1. Specifications

Dimensions of outdoor unit with snow-proof vents (ﬁ eld supply)

U-26PE(S)1U6 / U-36PE(S)1U6 unit

U-42PE(S)1U6 unit

11-57/64

16-47/64

15-15/16

14-61/64 25/6419/32

25/32

30-5/64

25-25/64

7-3/64

3/4

30-45/64

37-1/64

Wind direction

Wind direction Wind direction

Wind direction

Unit: inch

11-57/64

28-13/16

Wind direction

48-27/64

47-19/32

37-1/64

24-7/8

15-15/16

14-61/64 25/64

19/32

25/3225/32

30-5/64

25-25/64

7-3/64

Unit: inch

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb71 71SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb71 71 2012/01/19 22:39:292012/01/19 22:39:29

1-72

1. Specifications

Reference diagram for snow-proof vents – 1

Space requirements for setting – (1)

U-26PE(S)1U6 / U-36PE(S)1U6 / U-42PE(S)1U6

]tinu fo tnorf eht ot elcatsbO[]tinu fo raer eht ot elcatsbO[

:nepo si poT :nepo si poT

Top is blocked by an obstacle:

Unit: inch

Min. C

Min. E

Min. F

Min. E Min. E

Min. B

Min. A

Min. D

Min. G

(1) Single-unit installation

(3) Multiple-unit installation (2 or more units)

Note:

In cases 2 and 3 the

height of the obstacle

must be no taller than

the height of the

outdoor unit.

(2) Obstacles on both sides

5-29/32

11-13/16

7-7/8

11-13/16

5-29/32

7-7/8

Min. I Min. I

Min. H

Min. J

(1) Single-unit installation

(2) Multiple-unit installation (2 or more units)

19-11/16

11-13/16

39-3/8

Min. L

Min. K

19-11/16

5-29/32

Min. M

Min. N

39-3/8

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb72 72SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb72 72 2012/01/19 22:39:292012/01/19 22:39:29

1-73

1. Specifications

Reference diagram for snow-proof vents – 2

Space requirements for setting – (2)

U-26PE(S)1U6 / U-36PE(S)1U6 / U-42PE(S)1U6

[Obstacles to the front and rear of unit]

The top and both sides must remain open. Either the obstacle to the front or

the obstacle to the rear must be no taller than the height of the outdoor unit.

[Installation in front-rear rows]

The top and both sides must remain open. Either the obstacle to the front or the obstacle

to the rear must be no taller than the height of the outdoor unit.

Unit: inch

Min. 11-13/36 Min. 11-13/16

Min. 39-3/8

Min. 7-7/8

Min. P

Min. O

(1) Single-unit installation

(2) Obstacles on both sides

Dimension Q

If a snow protection duct is attached after the unit is

installed, verify that dimension Q is 19-11/16 in. or more.

39-3/8

5-29/32

Min. 11-13/16

Min. 39-3/8 Min. 7-7/8

Min. 59-1/16 Min. 78-3/4

Dimension Q

If a snow protection duct is

attached after the unit is

installed, verify that dimension

Q is 19-11/16 in. or more.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb73 73SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb73 73 2012/01/19 22:39:292012/01/19 22:39:29

1-74

1. Specifications

4. HOW TO INSTALL THE OUTDOOR UNIT

4-1. Installing the Outdoor Unit

Use concrete or a similar material to create the base,

and ensure good drainage.

Ordinarily, ensure a base height of 2". or more. If a

drain pipe is used, or for use in cold-weather regions,

ensure a height of 6". or more at the feet on both sides

of the unit. (In this case, leave clearance below the unit

for the drain pipe, and to prevent freezing of drainage

water in cold-weather regions.)

Refer to the Fig. 1-10 for the anchor bolt dimensions.

Be sure to anchor the feet with the anchor bolts (M10).

In addition, use anchoring washers on the top side. (Use

large square 32×32 SUS washers with diameters of

10.) (Field supply)

4-2. Drainage Work

Follow the procedure below to ensure adequate draining

for the outdoor unit.

For the drain port dimensions, refer to the ﬁ gure at

right.

Ensure a base height of 6 in. or more at the feet on

both sides of the unit.

4-3. Routing the Tubing and Wiring

The tubing and wiring can be extended out in 4

directions: front, rear, right, and down.

The service valves are housed inside the unit. To

access them, remove the inspection panel. (To remove

the inspection panel, remove the 3 screws, then slide

the panel downward and pull it toward you.)

(1) If the routing direction is through the front, rear,

or right, use a nipper or similar tool to cut out the

knockout holes for the inter-unit control wiring outlet,

power wiring outlet, and tubing outlet from the

appropriate covers A and B.

(2) If the routing direction is down, use a nipper or similar

tool to cut out the lower ﬂ ange from cover A.

CAUTION

Route the tubing so that it does

not contact the compressor,

panel, or other parts inside the

unit. Increased noise will result if

the tubing contacts these parts.

When routing the tubing, use a

tube bender to bend the tubes.

Fig. 1-10

Fig. 1-11

37-1/64

11-21/32

5-29/32

8-5/8

33/64 33/64

25/32 25/32

19/32 25/6414-61/64

15-15/16

13-25/64

33/6433/64

6-11/16 4-21/64

25-63/64

Drain port (2 locations)

Drain port

Anchor bolt (M10)

Unit: inch

Inter-unit control wiring outlet

Inspection panel

Cover A Cover B

Power wiring outlet

Tubing outlet

Down

Front

Rear

Right

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb74 74SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb74 74 2012/01/19 22:39:292012/01/19 22:39:29

1-75

1. Specifications

5. SELECTING THE INSTALLATION SITE

5-1. Indoor Unit

AVOID:

areas where leakage of flammable gas may be

expected.

places where large amounts of oil mist exist.

direct sunlight.

locations near inverter lamps which may affect the

performance of the unit.

locations near heat sources which may affect the

performance of the unit.

locations where external air may enter the room

directly. This may cause “sweating” on the air dis-

charge ports, causing them to spray or drip.

locations where the remote controller will be splashed

with water or affected by dampness or humidity.

installing the remote controller behind curtains or

furniture.

locations where the receiver in the indoor unit is

exposed to the inverter lamp light. Faulty operation

of the unit occurs.

DO:

select an appropriate position from which every

corner of the room can be uniformly cooled.

select a location where the ceiling is strong enough

to support the weight of the unit.

select a location where tubing and drain pipe have

the shortest run to the outdoor unit.

allow room for operation and maintenance as well as

unrestricted air flow around the unit.

install the unit within the maximum elevation

difference above or below the outdoor unit and within

a total tubing length (L) from the outdoor unit as

detailed in the installation instructions packed with

the outdoor unit.

allow room for mounting the remote controller about

3 ft. off the floor, in an area that is not in direct

sunlight nor in the flow of cool air from the indoor

unit.

NOTE

Air delivery will be degraded if the distance from the

floor to the ceiling is greater than 10 ft.

Ceiling Type

The rear of the indoor unit can be installed flush

against the wall.

Min. 2 ft. Air intake

Air

discharge

Min. 10 inch

Ceiling

Wall

Max 25 cm

NOTE

Min. 10 inch

Side view

Front view

Ceiling

Wall Mounted Type

Min.

6 inch

Min.

12 inch

Min.

6 inch

Low Silhouette Ducted Type

4-Way Cassette Type

10 in.

3 ft.

Min.8 ft.

Shows Low Silhouette Ducted Type only

Indoor Unit

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb75 75SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb75 75 2012/01/19 22:39:292012/01/19 22:39:29

1-76

1. Specifications

6. HOW TO INSTALL THE INDOOR UNIT

4-Way Cassette Type

(U1 Type)

6-1. Suspending the Indoor Unit

This unit uses a drain pump. Use a level gauge to

check that the unit is level.

6-2. Preparation for Suspending

(1) Fix the suspension bolts securely in the ceiling

using the method shown in the diagrams (Figs. 1-12

and 1-13), by attaching them to the ceiling support

structure, or by any other method that ensures that

the unit will be securely and safely suspended.

(2) Follow Fig. 1-13 and Table 1-4 to make the holes in

the ceiling.

(3) Determine the pitch of the suspension bolts using

the supplied full-scale installation diagram. The

diagram and table (Fig. 1-14 and Table 1-5) show the

relationship between the positions of the suspen-

sion fitting, the unit, and the panel.

Type Length

Table 1-5

Unit: inch (mm)

S-26PU1U6

(CZ-24KPU1U)

S-36PU1U6, S-42PU1U6

(CZ-36KPU1U)

6-3/16

(157)

6-3/16

(157)

7-5/32

(182)

7-5/32

(182)

10-9/32

(261)

11-15/32

(291)

12-1/8

(308)

13-1/16

(338)

4-7/8

(124)

4-7/8

(124)

D E B C

Hole-in-anchor

Hole-in-plug Concrete Insert

Suspension bolt (M10 or 3/8")

(field supply)

Fig. 1-12

)

epognilieC(

/9-

Grille center

nsion bolt pitch)epsuS(61/31-92

Refrigerant

tubing side

Drain hose

side

(Suspension bolt pitch)

A (Ceiling opening)

Fig. 1-13

Suspension lug

Refrigerant tubing joint (gas tube side)

Refrigerant tubing joint

(liquid tube side)

Drain connection (other side)

(VP25)

Length

Type

Table 1-4 Unit: inch (mm)

S-26PU1U6

(CZ-24KPU1U)

S-36PU1U6, S-42PU1U6

(CZ-36KPU1U)

32-9/32

(820)

43-11/16

(1,110)

22-9/32

(566)

33-11/16

(856)

Unit: inch

Fig. 1-14

Unit: inch

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb76 76SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb76 76 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-77

1. Specifications

6-3. Placing the Unit Inside the Ceiling

(1) When placing the unit inside the ceiling, determine

the pitch of the suspension bolts using the

supplied full-scale installation diagram. (Fig. 1-15)

The size of the opening for the indoor unit can be

confirmed by attaching the full-scale installation

diagram beneath the unit. (Fig. 1-15)

Tubing and wiring must be laid inside the ceiling

when suspending the unit. If the ceiling is already

constructed, lay the tubing and wiring into position

for connection to the unit before placing the unit

inside the ceiling.

(2) The length of each suspension bolt must be

appropriate for a distance between the bottom of

the bolt and the bottom of the ceiling of 5/8" or

more as shown in Fig. 1-15.

(3) Thread the 2 hexagonal nuts (field supply) and

washers onto the 4 suspension bolts as shown in

Fig. 1-16.

Use 2 sets of nuts and washers (upper and lower),

so that the unit will not fall off the suspension lugs.

(4) Remove the protective cardboard used to protect

the fan parts during transport.

(5) Adjust the distance between the unit and surface

of the ceiling. (1-7/8") (Fig. 1-15)

5/8" or more

8"/7-

Full-scale installation diagram

(printed on a cardboard packing)

Full-scale installation

diagram

Fig. 1-15

Nuts and washers

Double nuts

(Use above and below)

Suspension bolt

Suspension lug

Upper

Lower

Notch

1-7/8"

Fig. 1-16

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb77 77SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb77 77 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-78

1. Specifications

6-4. Installing the Drain Piping

(1) Prepare standard hard PVC pipe for the drain and

use the supplied drain hose and hose band to pre-

vent water leaks.

The PVC pipe must be purchased separately. The

transparent part allows you to check drainage.

(Fig. 1-17)

(2) After checking the drainage, wrap the supplied

packing and drain pipe insulator around the pipe.

(Fig. 1-18)

NOTE

Ensure the drain pipe has a downward gradient (1/100

or more) and that there are no water traps.

CAUTION

Tighten the hose clamps so

their locking nuts face upward.

(Fig. 1-17)

CAUTION

Do not install an air bleeder tube, as this may

cause water to spray from the drain tube outlet.

(Fig. 1-19)

If it is necessary to increase the height of the

drain pipe, the section directly after the connec-

tion port can be raised a maximum of 19-1/2".

Do not raise it any higher than 19-1/2", as this

could result in water leaks. (Fig. 1-20)

Do not install the pipe with an upward gradient

from the connection port. This will cause drain

water to flow backwards and leak when the unit is

stopped. (Fig. 1-21)

Do not apply force to the piping on the unit side

when connecting the drain pipe. The pipe should

not be allowed to hang unsupported from its

connection to the unit. Fasten the pipe to a wall,

frame, or other support as close to the unit as

possible. (Fig. 1-22)

Provide insulation for any drain pipe that is run

indoors.

Refer to “ SUPPLEMENT ON DRAIN PIPING”.

Drain hose

(supplied)

Packing

(supplied)

Transparent part for

checking drainage Hose band

(supplied)

Drain hose

adapter

(supplied)

Hard PVC pipe

(not supplied)

Adhere with

PVC adhesive.

Fig. 1-17

Drain insulator (supplied)

Fig. 1-18

Air bleeder

Fig. 1-19

11" or less (as short as possible)

19-1/2" or less

Fig. 1-20

Upward gradient prohibited

Fig. 1-21

Support

pieces

Fig. 1-22

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb78 78SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb78 78 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-79

1. Specifications

6-5. Checking the Drainage

After wiring and piping are completed, use the follow-

ing procedure to check that the water will drain smooth-

ly. For this, prepare a bucket and wiping cloth to catch

and wipe up spilled water.

(1) Take off the tube cover and through the opening,

slowly pour about 0.3 gal of water into the drain

pan to check drainage.

(2) Do Test Run to check the drainage after complet-

ing installation. When performing Test Run, refer to

the installation instructions attached to the outdoor

unit.

(3) After drain checking is finished, return the Opera-

tion Selector switch to the RUN position (ON posi-

tion ) and remount the tube cover.

WARNING

Do not supply power to the

unit until the tubing and wir-

ing to the outdoor unit are

completed.

CAUTION

Be careful since the fan will

start turning when checking

the drainage.

WARNING

To mount the tube cover,

use 5/16" (4 × 8 mm) tap-

ping screws. Do not use long

screws as they may puncture

the drain pan and cause water

leakage.

5/16"(4 × 8 mm)

tapping screw

Tube cover

Siphon

Fig. 1-23

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb79 79SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb79 79 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-80

1. Specifications

Ceiling Panel

6-6. Before Installing the Ceiling Panel

(1) Remove the air-intake grille and air filter from the

ceiling panel. (Figs. 1-24 and 1-25)

(a) Remove the 2 screws on the latch of the air-

intake grille. (Fig. 1-24)

(b) Press on the 2 latches of the air-intake grille

with your thumbs in the direction of the arrow

to open the grille. (Fig. 1-24)

remove the safety cord (hook on the grille

side). (Fig. 1-25)

(d) Pull the air-intake grille towards you to remove

it from the ceiling panel.

(2) Pull down the two panel catches on the body of

the indoor unit body. (Fig. 1-26)

CAUTION

Never touch or attempt to

move the air direction louver

by hand or you may dam-

age the unit. Instead, use the

remote controller if you want

to change the direction or air

flow.

Ceiling panel

Air-intake grille

Latch Screw

Safety cord

Air filter

45°

Fig. 1-24

Fig. 1-25

Fig. 1-26

Ceiling panel

Screws M5 with washer

Panel catch

(arrange facing downwards)

(2 locations)

(supplied)

Ceiling panel wiring

connector

Air filter

Air-intake grille

Panel catch

Unit body

Electrical

component box

Electrical

component box

Clamp

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb80 80SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb80 80 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-81

1. Specifications

6-7. Installing the Ceiling Panel

(1) Lift the ceiling panel and position it to align the

panel hook with the panel catch of the indoor unit.

NOTE

The ceiling panel must be mounted in the correct

direction. Note that the 2 catches of the panel differ in

size. Confirm that the catches are correctly matched

between the ceiling panel and the indoor unit body.

(2) Next, check to see that the ceiling panel is prop-

erly aligned with the seamline of the ceiling. If it is

not, remove the ceiling panel and slightly readjust

the indoor unit body to the proper suspension

point.

(3) When the ceiling panel has been properly aligned,

use the supplied 4 mounting screws (M5) with

washers to permanently fasten the ceiling panel.

(4) Install the wiring connector from the ceiling panel

to the connector in the electrical component box of

the indoor unit. After installing the connector, use

the clamp on the body of the indoor unit to secure

the wiring.

(5) Install the air filter and air-intake grille by perform-

ing the steps in section 6-6 in reverse.

NOTE

Hook again the safety cord in its original position before

closing the air-intake grille.

6-8. When Removing the Ceiling Panel for Servicing

When removing the ceiling panel for servicing, remove

the air-intake grille and air filter, disconnect the wiring

connector inside the electrical component box, and then

remove the 4 mounting screws.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb81 81SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb81 81 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-82

1. Specifications

6-9. Duct for Fresh Air

There is a duct connection part on side of the indoor

unit. (Fig. 1-27)

(1) Accessories

Check that the following parts are in the box when

unpacking.

(2) Installation

Fit the duct connection box into the rectangular hole of

air-intake plenum with the accessory screws.

(M4 × L1/2", 4 pcs)

Install the indoor unit to the ceiling.

(Install the indoor unit according to instructions enclosed

with the outdoor unit.)

Installation steps (a) to (d) are the same for both the

CZ-26BCU1U and the CZ-42BCU1U. The drawing

illustrates installation of air-intake plenum to the

CZ-26BCU1U

(a) Installing the air-intake plenum

Set the air-intake plenum to the indoor unit taking care

not to set to the incorrect direction.

(b) Installing the duct connection box

Fasten the duct connection flange to the duct connection

box with the accessory screws. (M4 × L1/2", 4 pcs)

Fasten the air-intake plenum with the supplied screws.

(M5 × L4-7/8", 4 pcs)

CAUTION

When installing in a pre-

existing location, install the

indoor unit before installing

the duct connection box.

Air-intake plenum Type

CZ-26BCU1U

CZ-24KPU1U

(S-26PU1U6)

CZ-42BCU1U

CZ-36KPU1U

(S-36PU1U6, S-42PU1U6)

Air-intake plenum (for fastening)

Duct connection flange/box (for fastening)

For fresh air intake

2-5/32

2-3/8

4-ø1/8 hole

ø4-13/32

Detail of fresh air intake

2P socket (Green)

3P socket (White)

2P socket (Green)

3P socket (White)

(ceiling panel side)

Panel lead wire (3P, 2P)

(switch box side)

Fig. 1-27

Fig. 1-28

Unit: inch

Air-intake plenum (including Duct connection box and

flange) are attached to the indoor unit when used to

take fresh outdoor air.

NAME Q’ ty

REMARKS

1(for fresh air)Duct connection box

(for connecting fresh air duct)

Duct connection flange

Screw (M5xL4-7/8”)

Screw (M4xL4-1/2”)

the air-intake plenum and fasten it to the side of the

Clamper

Air-intake

plenum

(M5 × L4-7/8", 4 pcs)

Installation screws

Socket

cover

Indoor

unit

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb82 82SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb82 82 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-83

1. Specifications

(d) Installing the ceiling panel

Attach the ceiling panel to the air-intake plenum.

Drawing the panel downwards sets the panel in position

temporarily with the panel catch (at 2 locations).

Remove the socket cover of the air-intake plenum and pass

the 8P sockets through it.

(Fix the panel lead wire to air-intake plenum side clamper.)

Connect the 3P socket (white) and 2P socket (green) to the

other side of the 3P socket (white) and 2P socket (green)

respectively.

Reattach the socket cover.

Fig. 1-29

Duct connection box

Duct connection flange

Panel catch

(M4xL1/2”, 4pcs.)

Installation screws

Ceiling panel

Please fix the socket cover located on the switch box

after closing the lid for the switch box.

CAUTION

Take adequate precautions

when installing onto the

ceiling.

The air-intake plenum is

especially prone to rupture

if struck on it's side.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb83 83SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb83 83 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-84

1. Specifications

Wall Mounted Type (K1 Type)

6-10. Removing the Wall Fixture from the Unit

Remove the set screws and take off the rear panel.

(Fig. 1-30)

NOTE

Tubing can be extended in 3 directions as shown in

Fig. 1-31. Select the direction that provides the shortest

run to the outside unit.

6-11. Selecting and Making a Hole

(1) Remove the rear panel from the indoor unit and

place it on the wall at the location selected. Make

sure the unit is horizontal using a level gauge or

tape measure to measure down from the ceiling.

(2) Determine which side of the unit you should make

the hole. (Fig. 1-32)

(3) Before making a hole, check carefully that no studs

or pipes are directly run behind the spot to be cut.

CAUTION

Also avoid areas where elec-

trical wiring or conduits are

located.

The above precautions are also applicable if tubing

goes through the wall in any other location.

(4) Using a sabre saw, key hole saw or hole-cutting

drill attachment, cut a hole in the wall. See Table

1-6 and Fig. 1-33.

Table 1-6

(5) Measure the thickness of the wall from the inside

edge to the outside edge and cut PVC pipe at a

slight angle 1/4" shorter than the thickness of the

wall. (Fig. 1-34)

(6) Place the plastic cover over the end of the pipe

(for indoor side only) and insert in the wall.

(Fig. 1-35)

Hole Dia. (inch)

3-3/16"

Set screws for transportation only

Fig. 1-30

Right-rear

tubing

(recommended)

Right tubing

Left-rear tubling

Fig. 1-31

Center of

left-rear

tubing hole

Center of

right-rear

tubing hole

In case of left-rear or right-rear tubing

Fig. 1-32

Indoor

side

Outdoo

side

Fig. 1-33

PVC pipe (locally purchased)

Cut at slight angle

Fig. 1-34

Plastic cover

(Field supply)

OUTSIDE

INSIDE

Wall

Slight

angle

PVC pipe

Fig. 1-35

NOTE

Hole should be made at a slight downward slant to

the outdoor side.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb84 84SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb84 84 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-85

1. Specifications

6-12. Installing the Rear Panel on the Wall

Be sure to confirm that the wall is strong enough to suspend

the unit.

See either Item a) or b) below depending on the wall type.

a) If Wooden Wall

(1) Attach the rear panel to the wall with the 10 screws pro-

vided. (Fig. 1-36)

If you are not able to line up the holes in the rear panel

with the beam locations marked on the wall, use toggle

bolts to go through the holes on the panel or drill 3/16"

dia. holes in the panel over the stud locations and then

mount the rear panel.

(2) Double-check with a ruler or level gauge that the panel is

level. This is important to install the unit properly.

(Fig. 1-37)

(3) Make sure the panel is flush against the wall. Any space

between the wall and unit will cause noise and vibration.

b) If Block, Brick, Concrete or Similar Type Wall

Make 3/16" dia. holes in the wall. Insert rawl plugs for appropri-

ate mounting screws. (Fig. 1-38)

3/16

dia. hole

1-3/16

or more

Rawl plug

(Field supply)

Fig. 1-38

Fig. 1-37

Fig. 1-36

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb85 85SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb85 85 2012/01/19 22:39:302012/01/19 22:39:30

1-86

1. Specifications

6-13. Removing the Grille to Install the Indoor Unit

Basically, these models can be installed and wired

without removing the grille. If access to any internal

part is needed, follow the steps given below:

How to remove the grille

(1) Set the 2 flaps in the horizontal position.

(2) Unscrew the 3 screws. (Fig. 1-39a)

(3) Remove the grille.

(a) Hold both corners of the air-intake grille, then

pull out and up to open. (Fig. 1-39b)

(b) Use a flathead screwdriver to push up the 3

tabs to remove the grille. (Fig. 1-39b)

remove. (Fig. 1-39a)

How to replace the grille

(1) Close the flaps.

(2) Reinstall the grille into the lower part while align-

ing its tabs on the upper part. (Fig. 1-40a) Insert

the tabs in the slots and push the lower part of the

grille back into position.

(3) Press at each of the 5 tabs to completely close the

grille. Make sure that the grille and frame are firmly

fitted together. (Fig. 1-40b)

6-14. Preparing the Indoor Side Tubing

Arrangement of tubing by directions

(a) Right tubing

The corner of the right frame needs to be cut by a

hacksaw or the like. (Fig. 1-41)

(b) Right-rear or left-rear tubing

In this case, the corner of the frame needs not be

cut.

To mount the indoor unit on the rear panel:

(a) Hang the 3 mounting slots of the unit on the upper

tabs of the rear panel. (Fig. 1-42)

Air-intake grille

Grille

Fig. 1-39a

Air-intake grille

Fig. 1-39b

Fig. 1-40a

Fig. 1-40b

Frame

Right tubing

outlet

Fig. 1-41

Tab

Mounting slot

Fig. 1-42

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb86 86SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb86 86 2012/01/19 22:39:312012/01/19 22:39:31

1-87

1. Specifications

6-15. Wiring Instructions

General Precautions on Wiring

(1) Before wiring, confirm the rated voltage of the unit as shown on its nameplate, then carry out the wiring closely

following the wiring diagram.

(2) Provide a power outlet to be used exclusively for each unit. A power supply disconnect and circuit breaker for

overcurrent protection should be provided in the exclusive line.

(3) To prevent possible hazards from insulation failure, the unit must be grounded.

(4) All wiring must be connected tightly.

(5) Do not allow wiring to touch refrigerant tubing, compressor, or any moving parts of the fan.

Unauthorized changes in the internal wiring can be very dangerous. The manufacturer will

accept no responsibility for any damage or misoperation that occurs as a result of such

unauthorized changes.

6-16. Wiring Instructions for Inter-Unit Connections

(1) Insert the inter-unit wiring (according to local

electrical codes) into the through-the-wall PVC

pipe. Run the wiring toward the indoor side allowing

approx. 10 inches to extend from the wall face.

(Fig. 1-43)

(2) Route the inter-unit wiring from the back of the

indoor unit and pull it toward the front for

connection. (Figs. 1-44a and 1-44b)

(3) Connect the inter-unit wiring to the corresponding

terminals on the terminal plate (Figs. 1-44a and

1-44b) while referring to the wiring diagram.

(4) Be sure to secure the wiring with the provided

clamp.

How to remove the cover plate

To access the terminal plate inside the indoor unit,

follow these steps.

(1) Using a Phillips head screwdriver, remove the

screw on the cover plate. (Figs. 1-44a and 1-44b)

(2) Remove the cover plate.

Rear

panel

Wiring

Wall

10 in.

Plastic

cover

Fig. 1-43

Terminal

plate

Cover plate

Fig. 1-44a

Clamping

strap

Remote control wiring

and Inter-unit control

wiring (field supplied)

Earth screw

Conduit

(field supplied)

Connection for Solenoid

Vale Kit (for 3WAY)

Power wiring

(field supplied)

Fig. 1-44b

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb87 87SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb87 87 2012/01/19 22:39:312012/01/19 22:39:31

1-88

1. Specifications

6-17. Shaping the Tubing

(1) Shape the refrigerant tubing so that it can easily go

into the hole. (Fig. 1-45)

(2) Push the wiring, refrigerant tubing and drain hose

through the hole in the wall. Adjust the indoor unit

so it is securely seated on the wall fixture.

(3) Carefully bend the tubing (if necessary) to run along

the wall in the direction of the outdoor unit and then

insulate to the end of the fittings. The drain hose

should come straight down the wall to a point where

water runoff will not stain the wall.

(4) Connect the refrigerant tubing to the outdoor

unit.(After performing a leak test on the connection,

insulate it with insulating tape. (Fig. 1-46))

(5) Assemble the refrigerant tubing, drain hose and

inter-unit wiring as shown in Fig. 1-47.

6-18. Installing the Drain Hose

(1) The drain hose should be slanted downward on the

outdoor side. (Fig. 1-48)

(2) Never form a trap in the course of the hose.

(3) If the drain hose will run in the room, insulate* the

hose so that chilled condensation will not damage

furniture or floors. (Fig. 1-49)

* Foamed polyethylene or its equivalent is

recommended.

Cover

Refrigerant

tubing

Inter-unit

wiring

Drain hose

Fig. 1-45

Insulating

tape

Fig. 1-46

Refrigerant tubing

Inter-unit wiring

Drain hose

Fig. 1-47

WARNING

Do not supply power to the unit

or operate it until all tubing and

wiring to the outdoor unit are

completed.

Drain

hose

Slant

Indoor

unit

Fig. 1-48

Condensation

Insulation material

(field supply)

must be used.

Fig. 1-49

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb88 88SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb88 88 2012/01/19 22:39:312012/01/19 22:39:31

1-89

1. Specifications

Ceiling Type (T1 Type)

6-19. Suspending the Indoor Unit

(1) Place the full-scale diagram (supplied) on the

ceiling at the spot where you want to install the

indoor unit. Use a pencil to mark the drill holes.

(Fig. 1-50).

NOTE

Since the diagram is made of paper, it may shrink or

stretch slightly because of high temperature or

humidity. For this reason, before drilling the holes

maintain the correct dimensions between the markings.

(2) Drill holes at the 4 points indicated on the full-scale

diagram.

(3) Depending on the ceiling type:

(a) Insert suspension bolts as shown in Fig. 1-51.

(b) Use existing ceiling supports or construct a

suitable support as shown in Fig. 1-52.

WARNING

It is important that you use

extreme care in supporting the

indoor unit from the ceiling.

Ensure that the ceiling is

sufficiently strong enough to

support the weight of the unit.

Before hanging the ceiling

unit, test the strength of each

attached suspension bolt.

(4) Screw in the suspension bolts, allowing them to

protrude from the ceiling as shown in Fig. 1-52.

The distance of each exposed bolt must be of

equal length within 2 inches. (Fig. 1-53)

Rear

Full-scale diagram

ront

ace

Fig. 1-50

Hole-in-anchor

Hole-in-plug Concrete Insert

Suspension bolt (M10 or 3/8")

(field supply)

Fig. 1-51

Ceiling tiles

Ceiling support

Fig. 1-52

unit

Ceiling

surface

Fixture

htiW

Fig. 1-53

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb89 89SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb89 89 2012/01/19 22:39:312012/01/19 22:39:31

1-90

1. Specifications

(5) Before suspending the indoor unit, remove the 2

screws on the latch of the air-intake grilles, open

the grilles, and remove them by pushing the claws

of the hinges as shown in Fig. 1-54. Then remove

both side panels sliding them along the unit toward

the front after removing the two screws which fix

them. (Fig. 1-55)

(6) Preparation for suspending the indoor unit. The

suspension method varies depending on whether

the unit is next to the ceiling or not.

(Figs. 1-56 and 1-57)

edilS

Hinge

Air-intake grille

Pull out the

air-Intake grille

pushing claws

of the hinges

Screw

Latch

Fig. 1-54

Slide toward

front side

Side panel

Fig. 1-55

unit

Suspension bolt

(field supply)

Ceiling surface

Washer (supplied)

Double nut

(field supply)

Fixture

Fig. 1-56

unit

Suspension bolt

(field supply)

Washer (supplied)

Washer (field supply)

Double nut

(field supply)

Fig. 1-57

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb90 90SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb90 90 2012/01/19 22:39:312012/01/19 22:39:31

1-91

1. Specifications

Ceiling

surface

xor

Suspension bolt

Washer

(supplied) Nut

(field supply)

Fig. 1-58

Fig. 1-59

Fig. 1-60

(7) Suspend the indoor unit as follows.

(a) Mount a washer and two hexagonal nuts on

each suspension bolt as shown in Fig. 1-58.

(b) Lift the indoor unit with a lifting machine to the

ceiling surface, and place it on the washers

through the notches, to fix it in place.

(Fig. 1-59)

suspension bolt to suspend the indoor unit as

shown in Fig. 1-60.

NOTE

A ceiling surface is not always level. Please confirm

that the indoor unit is evenly suspended. For the instal-

lation to be correct, leave a clearance of about 3/8"

between the ceiling panel and the ceiling surface and

fill the gap with an appropriate insulation or filler

material.

(8) If the tubing and wiring are to go towards the rear

of the unit, make holes in the wall. (Fig. 1-61)

(9) Measure the thickness of the wall from the inside

to the outside and cut PVC pipe at a slight angle to

fit. Insert the PVC pipe in the wall. (Fig. 1-62)

Indoor

side

Outdoor

side

Fig. 1-61

Cut at slight angle

PVC pipe (field supply)

INSIDE Wall

Slight

angle

PVC pipe

OUTSIDE

Fig. 1-62

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb91 91SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb91 91 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-92

1. Specifications

6-20. Duct for Fresh Air

There is a duct connection port (knock-out hole) at the

right-rear on the panel top of the indoor unit for drawing

in fresh air. If it is necessary to draw in fresh air, remove

the cover by knocking it out and connect the duct to the

indoor unit through the connection port. (Fig. 1-63)

If connection at the right-rear on the panel top is not

appropriate, another duct connection port can be made

by cutting an opening on the left side of the rear panel of

the indoor unit as shown in Fig. 1-64.

6-21. Installing the Drain Piping

Prepare a standard PVC pipe for the drain and

connect it to the indoor unit drain pipe with the

supplied hose clamps to prevent water leaks.

Connect the drain piping so that it slopes downward

from the unit to the outside. (Fig. 1-65)

Never allow traps to occur in the course of the piping.

Insulate any piping inside the room to prevent

dripping.

Use the supplied drain pipe to connect the drain pipe

with the drain outlet of the indoor unit.

After connecting the drain pipe securely, wrap the

supplied drain pipe insulator around the pipe, seal

the gap at the drain socket with the supplied black

insulation tape, then secure it with clamps.

(Fig. 1-66)

After the drain piping, pour water into the drain pan to

check that the water drains smoothly.

CAUTION

Check local electrical codes

and regulations before

obtaining wire. Also, check any

specified instruction or

limitations.

Duct connection port

(Knock-out hole)

Panel Top

Fig. 1-63

Cut this portion

4-11/32"

3-15/16"

Rear side

Right side

A "23/3-7 "61/51-3

"23/13-1 "8/3-1

S-36PT1U6, S-42PT1U6S-26PT1U6

Fig. 1-64

Good

Min. 1/100

Not good

Fig. 1-65

Drain hose

(supplied)

Packing

Side

softened

(supplied)

Drain hose

adapter

(supplied)

Drain pipe

Indoor

unit

clamp

(supplied) Hard PVC pipe

(not supplied)

Adhere with

PVC adhesive.

Fig. 1-66

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb92 92SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb92 92 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-93

1. Specifications

Low Silhouette Ducted Type (F1 Type)

6-22. Required Minimum Space for Installation and

Service

This air conditioner is usually installed above the

ceiling so that the indoor unit and ducts are not

visible. Only the air intake and air outlet ports are

visible from below.

The minimum space for installation and service is

shown in Fig. 1-67 and Table 1-7.

It is recommended that space be provided (17-23/32"

×17-23/32") for checking and servicing the

electrical system.

Fig. 1-68 and Table 1-8 show the detailed

dimensions of the indoor unit.

Table 1-7 Unit: inch (mm)

63 62 epyT

A (Length) 42-17/32 (1,080) 61-13/32 (1,560)

Number of duct flanges 4 3

A B C D E F G H I J K

35-7/16 9-21/32

S-26PF1U6 37-7/8 (7-3/32×5)

39-3/8 42-17/32 11-13/32 2-23/32 38-19/32 39-31/32 5-1/8 (9-21/32×1) 9-27/32 12 16

54-11/32 19-9/32

S-36PF1U6 56-25/32 (9-1/16×6) 58-9/32 61-13/32 13-3/16 12-7/32 57-15/32 58-27/32 5-1/8 (9-21/32×2) 9-7/16 16 18

No. of

holes

Dimension

Table 1-8 Unit: inch (mm)

Refrigerant tubing joint (liquid tube)

Refrigerant tubing joint (gas tube)

Upper drain port (O.D. 1-1/4 in.)

Bottom drain port (O.D. 1-1/32 in.)

Suspension lug

Power supply outlet (2-ø1-3/16 hole)

Fresh air intake port (ø5-29/32 hole)

Flange for the flexible air outlet duct (ø7-7/8 hole)

Tube cover

Electrical component box

Flange for the air intake duct

(Option or field supply)

(Suspension bolt pitch)

)

sne

psuS

(

M-ø1/8

(Hole)

4-ø15/32

(Hole)

A (O.D.)

L-ø1/4

13/32 13/32

23/5-28/

23/

-2

23/31

IJJK

)23/92-5(D

1-9/16

E E E F 2-15/16

2-9/16

11-7/32

2-3/4

5-1/8

31/32 8-9/32

12-7/32

31/32

6-7/8

1-3/8

3-17/32 1-7/321-7/32

H (Duct suspension bolt pitch)

G (Ceiling opening dimension)

1/5

222

-4

23/11

3-2

5-6

23/51

1/3

mid

epogni

(

/1-01

).D.O(

3/43/4

Inspection access

(17-23/32

17-23/32)

(Field supply)

Inspection access panel

Ceiling

Indoor Unit

Inspection

access

17-23/32

Air outlet duct flange

min.

9-27/32

.nim

4/3

min. 25-19/32

23/72-22

A (Suspension bolt pitch) Electrical

component box

Refrigerant

tubing

Unit: inch

.nim

/72-

Fig. 1-67

Fig. 1-68

Unit: inch

Type

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb93 93SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb93 93 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-94

1. Specifications

6-23. Suspending the Indoor Unit

Depending on the ceiling type:

• Insert suspension bolts as shown in Fig. 1-69

• Use existing ceiling supports or construct a suitable

support as shown in Fig. 1-70.

(1) When placing the unit inside the ceiling,

determine the pitch of the suspension bolts

referring to the dimensional data on the previous

page. (Fig. 1-68)

Tubing must be laid and connected inside the

ceiling when suspending the unit. If the ceiling is

already constructed, lay the tubing into position for

connection to the unit before placing the unit inside

the ceiling.

(2) Screw in the suspension bolts allowing them to

protrude from the ceiling as shown in Fig. 1-69.

(Cut the ceiling material, if necessary.)

(3) Thread the 2 hexagonal nuts and washers (field

supply) onto the 4 suspension bolts as shown in

Figs. 1-71 and 1-72. Use 2 sets of nuts and wash-

ers (upper and lower), so that the unit will not fall

off the suspension lugs.

WARNING

It is important that you use

extreme care in supporting the

indoor unit inside the ceiling.

Ensure that the ceiling is strong

enough to support the weight

of the unit. Before hanging the

unit, test the strength of each

attached suspension bolt.

Hole-in-anchor

Hole-in-plug Concrete Insert

Suspension bolt (M10 or 3/8")

(field supply)

Fig. 1-69

Ceiling tiles

Ceiling support

Fig. 1-70

Nuts and washers

(2 sets)

Suspension bolt

Suspension lug

Upper

Lower

Fig. 1-71

Suspension bolt

Hexagonal nut

Fig. 1-72

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb94 94SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb94 94 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-95

1. Specifications

Fig. 1-73 shows an example of installation.

6-24. Installing the Drain Piping

(1) Prepare standard hard PVC pipe for the drain and

use the supplied hose band to prevent water leaks.

The PVC pipe must be purchased separately.

When doing this, leave a gap between the drain

socket of the unit and the PVC pipe to allow the

drainage to be checked. The transparent drain

pipe allows you to check drainage. (Fig. 1-74)

(2) After connecting the drain piping securely, wrap

the supplied packing and drain pipe insulator

around the pipe, then secure it with the supplied

clamps. (Fig. 1-75)

NOTE

Make sure the drain pipe has a downward gradient

(1/100 or more) and that there are no water traps.

CAUTION

Tighten the hose clamps so

their locking nuts face upward.

(Fig. 1-74)

Air outlet duct

Air-outlet grille

Ceiling material Indoor unit

Bolt anchor

Suspension bolt

Air-intake duct

Air-intake grille

Drain hose

(supplied)

Packing

(supplied)

Transparent part for

checking drainage Hose band

(supplied)

Drain hose

adapter

(supplied)

Hard PVC pipe

(not supplied)

Adhere with

PVC adhesive.

Fig. 1-74

Drain insulator (supplied)

Clamps (supplied)

Fig. 1-75

Fig. 1-73

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb95 95SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb95 95 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-96

1. Specifications

CAUTION

Do not install an air bleeder tube as this may cause

water to spray from the drain pipe outlet. (Fig. 1-76)

If it is necessary to increase the height of the drain

pipe, the section directly after the connection port

can be raised a maximum of 19-11/16".

Do not raise it any higher than 19-11/16", as this

could result in water leaks. (Fig. 1-77)

Do not install the pipe with an upward gradient from

the connection port. This will cause the drain water

to flow backward and leak when the unit is not

operating. (Fig. 1-78)

Do not apply force to the piping on the unit side

when connecting the drain pipe. The pipe should not

be allowed to hang unsupported from its connection

to the unit. Fasten the pipe to a wall, frame, or other

support as close to the unit as possible. (Fig. 1-79)

Refer to “ SUPPLEMENT ON DRAIN PIPING”.

6-25. Checking the Drainage

After wiring and drain piping are completed, use the

following procedure to check that the water will drain

smoothly. For this, prepare a bucket and wiping cloth to

catch and wipe up spilled water.

(1) Connect power to the power terminal board (L1, L2

terminal) inside the electrical component box.

(2) Remove the tube cover and through the opening,

slowly pour about 0.3 gal. of water into the drain pan

to check drainage.

(3) Short the check pin (CN5 white) on the indoor control

board and operate the drain pump. Check the water

CAUTION

Be careful since the fan will start

when you short the pin on the

indoor control board.

(4) When the check of drainage is complete, open the

check pin (CN5 white) and remount the insulator and

drain cap onto the drain inspection port.

CAUTION

To mount the tube cover, use 5/16"

(4 × 8 mm) tapping screws.

Do not use long screws as they

may puncture the drain pan and

Air bleeder

Not good

Fig. 1-76

Good

11-13/16" or less

19-11/16" or less

Fig. 1-77

No good

Upward gradient

Fig. 1-78

Good

Support pieces

Fig. 1-79

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb96 96SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb96 96 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-97

1. Specifications

6-26. Increasing the Fan Speed

If external static pressure is too great (due to long

extension of ducts, for example), the air flow volume

may drop too low at each air outlet. This problem may

be solved by increasing the fan speed using the

following procedure:

(1) Remove 4 screws on the electrical component box

and remove the cover plate.

(2) Disconnect the fan motor sockets in the box.

(3) Take out the booster cable (sockets at both ends)

clamped in the box.

(4) Securely connect the booster cable sockets

between the disconnected fan motor sockets in

step 2 as shown in the Fig. 1-80.

(5) Place the cable neatly in the box and reinstall the

cover plate.

How to read the diagram

The vertical axis is the external static pressure

(Pa) while the horizontal axis represents the air

flow (CFM).

The characteristic curves for “HT”, “H”, “M” and “L”

fan speed control are shown.

The nameplate values are shown based on the

“H” air flow. For the 26 type, the air flow is 636

CFM, while the external static pressure is 49 Pa

at “H” position. If external static pressure is too

great (due to long extension of duct, for example),

the air flow volume may drop too low at each air

outlet.

This problem may be solved by increasing the fan

speed as explained above.

Refer to “ SUPPLEMENT ON DRAIN PIPING”.

Indoor Fan Performance

26 Type 36 Type

HT : Using the booster cable

H : At shipment

900

Air Flow (CFM)

uss

ita

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

150

700500300

ltim

100

)

(

Air Flow (CFM)

erusse

tatSlanretx

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.8

150

200

500 1000

miL

100

(

)aP(

NOTE

Fig. 1-81

Booster cable

Electrical component box

(At shipment) (Booster cable installed)

Fan motor socket

Fan

motor

Fig. 1-80

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb97 97SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb97 97 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-98

1. Specifications

6-27. When Installing the Indoor Unit

Confirm that the indoor unit should be installed in a horizontal position.

Use the level gauge or vinyl tube and check every four corner of the

unit is in horizontal.

If the air outlet duct flange is positioned with downward gradient,

there is in danger of water splash or drainage.

Also, dust may sometimes be contaminated inside the drain pan caused

by the residual drain water.

Install the air outlet duct flange side in horizontal or upward and within the

range of 3/8" in the upward direction.

Never install it with a downward gradient against horizontal.

Fig. 1-82

6-28. Required Minimum Space for Installation and Service

If the ceiling tiles cannot be removed, provide the opening holes on the

lower side of the indoor unit for removing the unit in order to maintain

and clean the drain pan and heat exchanger or provide a minimum of

1.0 ft. or more space.

Fig. 1-83

(Prohibited)

Air outlet duct flange

Level gauge

Make sure to confirm

that the unit is in horizontal

at the position of the

ceiling-mount hanger by

using a level gauge

or vinyl tubing.

(Prohibited)

Air outlet duct flange

Level gauge

Make sure to confirm

that the unit is in horizontal

at the position of the

ceiling-mount hanger by

using a level gauge

or vinyl tubing.

Min. 1.0 ft. or more spaceMin. 1.0 ft. or more space

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb98 98SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb98 98 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-99

1. Specifications

SUPPLEMENT ON DRAIN PIPING

Checkpoint after installation

After installation of indoor and outdoor units, panels and electrical wiring, check the following items.

krameR kcehC motpmyS tniopkcehC

1Make sure whether indoor and outdoor units are

correctly installed. Fall, vibration, noise

2 Make sure whether gas leakage is tested. No cooling, no heating

3Make sure whether insulation is completed.

(Refrigerant piping and drain piping) Water leakage

4 Make sure whether drain water is running smoothly. Water leakage

5Make sure whether the power voltage matches the

nameplate. Inoperative, burnout

6Make sure whether there is miswiring or incorrect

connection. Inoperative, burnout

7Make sure whether the ground construction is

completed. Ground leakage

8Make sure whether the wire gauge is followed by the

recommended specifications. Inoperative, burnout

9Make sure whether the air intake and air outlet of the

indoor and outdoor units are sealed by obstacles. No cooling, no heating

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb99 99SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb99 99 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-100

1. Specifications

7. HOW TO INSTALL THE WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER

IMPORTANT

When using this air conditioner with the wireless remote controller it may sometimes be impossible to change

the operation modes while other indoor unit is running.

When this happens, a double beep tone sounds, the (operation lamp) lights up, and the (Timer lamp) and

(Standby lamp) blink alternately.

Operation is the same even during (AUTO mode) automatic cooling or heating.

A beep tone sounds 5 times and no changes can be made when any of the ON/OFF, MODE, Temperature setting

buttons were pressed while set under central control by the system controller.

7-1. Wireless Remote Controller Installation

The remote controller can be operated from either a non-ﬁ xed position or a wall-mounted position.

To ensure that the air conditioner operates correctly, do not install the remote controller in the following places:

In direct sunlight.

Behind a curtain or other place where it is covered.

More than 26 ft. away from the air conditioner.

In the path of the air conditioner’s airstream.

Where it may become extremely hot or cold.

Where it may be subject to electrical or magnetic interference.

(1) If Wall-mounted Fixed Position

Install the remote controller at a convenient

location on a nearby wall. However, before

attaching the remote controller mounting cradle,

check that the remote controller can operate from

the desired wall position. (Fig. 1-84)

How to Install Batteries

See Fig. 1-85.

(1) Press and slide the lid on the back of the remote

controller in the direction of the arrow.

(2) Install two AAA alkaline batteries. Make sure the

batteries point in the direction marked in the

battery compartment.

(3) Press the reset hole, then replace the lid. If you

press it, the current time, ON time, and OFF time

are all reset to 0:00.

Fig. 1-85

Fig. 1-84

Reset hole

Cover

Fasten the remote control

mount with screws.

Fitting the remote

control in the mount.

Remote control mount

Press

Put in

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb100 100SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb100 100 2012/01/19 22:39:322012/01/19 22:39:32

1-101

1. Specifications

7-2. Room Temperature Sensor Setting

The room temperature sensors are built into the indoor unit and the wireless remote controller. Either of these room

temperature sensors can operate.

The system is shipped from the factory set to the indoor unit sensor. To switch to the remote control sensor, press the

sensor switching button located inside the remote control cover and check that A/C SENSOR on the LCD display panel

goes out.

NOTE

If the sensor switch is set to the remote controller side,

but no room temperature data is sent to the main unit

for 10 minutes, the sensor is automatically switched to

the indoor unit side. As much as possible, install the

remote controller facing the unit.

7-3. Address Switches

If you are installing more than 1 indoor unit (up to 6) in the same room, it is necessary for you to assign each unit its

own address so they each can be operated by their remote controller.

Up to 6 indoor units can be controlled separately through the address switches. The operating control has the reception

address switch and the remote controller has the transmission address switch. This function is utilized by matching the

transmission and reception address switches.

7-4. Setting the Model Code

Flap display selector switch

Make the slide switch settings in the battery compartment box of the remote controller depending on the type of

indoor unit in which the wireless receiving unit is used.

Operation mode switch

In this Single Split System Air Conditioner set the switch to “A”.

* The switch is factory set to “S” / “A”.

* Always press the reset button after switching the setting.

ADR

123

456

123

456

123

456

Remote control

address display

* Any address

switch position

available

Address switch

positions

Sensor button

Fig. 1-86

Fig. 1-87

Flap display

selector switch

Operation

mode switch

SKN AHC

SKN

K1 type epyt 1Fsepyt 1T ,1U

SKN SKN

AHC

Cooling only

AHC

Heat pump without

Auto mode

Heat pump with

Auto mode

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb101 101SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb101 101 2012/01/19 22:39:332012/01/19 22:39:33

1-102

1. Specifications

<CZ-RWSU1U>

4-Way Cassette Type (U1 Type)

7-5. Indicator Section Installation

Remove the ceiling panel and indicator cover and

install the indicator section.

(1) Remove the ceiling panel.

(2) Remove the corner cover behind the mark section.

(3 screws)

(3) Remove the mark section inside the ceiling panel.

(2 screws)

(4) Install the indicator section in the location where the

mark section was attached. (2 screws)

(5) Form the wire to match the panel ribs as shown in

Fig. 1-89.

(6) Install the corner cover. (Restrain the wire with the

corner cover.)

7-6. Operating Controller Installation

Install the operating controller at the indoor unit intake

port section.

(1) Fasten the operating controller to the indoor unit

intake port section (electrical component box

opposite side) with the 2 accessory screws

(4×L13/32").

(2) Connect the operating controller 2 wires (WHT,

BLK) to the remote control wire (WHT) in the

electrical component box. (For details on

wiring, see the section “7-9. Electrical wiring” .)

(3) Install the ceiling panel.

(4) Connect the indicator section and the operating

controller with the 6P connector (white).

(5) Form the wires with vinyl clamps and fasten.

(6) Connect the ceiling panel wiring connector (2P,

3P) to the body connector in the electrical component

box.

(7) For details on test operation, see “Test Run.”

CAUTION

Do not twist the operating

controller wires together

with the power supply

wires. Doing so can result

in malfunction.

If electrical noise is induced

in the unit power supply,

take appropriate measures,

for example installing a

noise filter.

Fig. 1-90

Fig. 1-89

Fig. 1-88

Ceiling panel

Air intake grille

Mark section

(indicator section)

Corner cover

3 screws

2 screws

Indicator section

Wiring

Pass the wiring through under the shaft.

Electrical

component box

Operating

controller

Screws

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb102 102SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb102 102 2012/01/19 22:39:332012/01/19 22:39:33

1-103

1. Specifications

Ceiling Type (T1 Type)

7-7. Indicator Section Installation

Remove the side panel to install the indicator section.

(Fig. 1-91)

(1) Remove the side panel.

Open the air intake grille, remove the screw at

one place and then remove the side panel by

sliding it toward the front (arrow direction).

(2) Remove cover A and cover B.

Insert a ﬂ athead screwdriver into the grooves

of cover A to remove cover A and cover B.

(When removing the cover, take care not to

scratch the panel.)

(3) Remove cover B from cover A.

(4) Install the indicator section at cover A.

(5) After passing through the lead wires, install cover

A and the indicator section at the panel hole.

(The protrusion part of cover A is ﬁ xed with the

panel hole.)

(6) Bundle the lead wires along with the wiring of the

louver motor.

(7) Install the side panel.

7-8. Operating Controller Installation

Install the operating controller on the top face of the air

intake section (space between the fan motor and the

electrical component box). (Fig. 1-92)

(1) Fasten the operating controller to the ceiling

panel of the air intake section with the 2 supplied

screws (4×L13/32").

(2) Draw the lead wires into the electrical component

box and connect the operating controller 2 wires

(WHT, BLK) to the remote control wires in the

electrical component box.

(3) Connect the indicator section and the operating

controller using the 6P connector in the electrical

component box.

CAUTION

Do not twist the operating

controller wires together

with the power supply

wires. Doing so can result

in malfunction.

If electrical noise is

induced in the unit power

supply, take appropriate

measures, for example

installing a noise filter.

Fig. 1-91

Fig. 1-92

Cover A

PanelIndicator section

Side panel

Indicator section

Cover B

(Not used when

the indicator section

is installed.)

Air intake grille

Grooves

Operating controller

Electrical component box

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb103 103SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb103 103 2012/01/19 22:39:332012/01/19 22:39:33

1-104

1. Specifications

7-9. Electrical Wiring

7-10-1. How to use the test run setting (U1, T1 Types)

(1) Set DIP switch [DS] No. 1 on the wireless receiver

unit PCB from OFF to the ON position.

(2) Press the ON/OFF operation button on the

wireless remote controller.

(3) Make a test run using the air conditioner in

COOL or HEAT mode.

(4) During the test run, each of the 3 indicator lamps

on the indoor unit ﬂ ash.

(5) During the test run, the air conditioner runs

continuously and the thermostat does not control

the system.

(6) After the test run, be sure to reset DIP switch No. 1

back to the OFF position and check that no indicator

lamps are blinking.

(This receiver includes a 60-minute automatic OFF

timer function in order to prevent continuous test run.)

Fig. 1-93

WHT

BLK

W1 (4.3 ft.)

Indoor PCB Operating controller

Signal receiving unit

Indicator section

(0.7 ft.)

(4.3 ft.)

CN1 CN2

Relay connector

CN1

BLU

YEL

PNK

RED

GRY

BLK

BLU

YEL

PNK

RED

GRY

BLK

NOTE

In case of 4-way Cassette type, test run operation is not possible without the ceiling panel installation.

To protect the air conditioner from overloading, the outdoor unit will not start running for 3 minutes after

power is applied or the air conditioner is turned off and then back on.

When the air conditioner fails to start the test run, 1 or more of the 3 alarm indicator lamps on the indoor

unit will flash (See next section).

When the DIP switch is set to “TEST – ON,” temperature control from the wireless remote controller is disabled.

Do not use this setting at any time other than for the test run. Doing so will place an excessive load on the system.

To avoid placing an excessive load on the equipment, use this function only when conducting the test run.

Fig. 1-94

ADR

1.TEST RUN

2.PCB CHK.

3.RCU: MAIN

RCU: SUB

4.NORMAL

ALL •

DIP switch

No. 1

Address

switch

ON/OFF

operation

button

All OFF( ) for

initial settings.

234

456

Flap

button

Connection method

(1) Connect W1 to the indoor PCB WL connector.

(2) Connect W3 from the indicator section with W2 from the operating controller using the relay connector.

7-10. Test Run Switch

The test run switch is located in the operating control unit.

See the Installation Instractions attached to the outdoor unit.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb104 104SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb104 104 2012/01/19 22:39:332012/01/19 22:39:33

1-105

1. Specifications

7-11. Misoperation Alarm Indicators

Alarm indicator lamps on the indoor unit indicate the error

cause if the air conditioner fails to operate upon being

switched on. The possible alarm indications are given in

Table 1-9. Fig. 1-95 shows the location of the alarm lamps

on the indoor unit.

(See Table 1-9 and Fig. 1-95.)

Table 1-9

Alarm

(OPERATION

(TIMER

(STANDBY

Cause of Trouble

lamp) lamp) lamp)

S.C. errors* between the indoor unit’s controller (PCB) and the remote

controller.

Compressor protector is working.

S.C. errors between indoor and outdoor units.

Indoor or outdoor thermistor is malfunctioning.

Outdoor unit protector is working.

Indoor unit protector is working.

TEST RUN switch on the operation controller is in ON state.

* S.C.: Serial communications

OPERATION

lamp

TIMER

lamp

STANDBY

lamp

Remote control

receiver

Fig. 1-95

NOTE

Stick the alarm message label accompanying the

wireless remote controller on the electrical component

box to indicate the cause of trouble for future reference.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb105 105SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb105 105 2012/01/19 22:39:332012/01/19 22:39:33

1-106

1. Specifications

<CZ-RWSC1U>

CAUTION

If the signal receiving unit is installed near a rapid-start or inverter type fluorescent

lamp (neither one uses glow lamps), it may be impossible to receive signals from the

wireless remote controller. To avoid signal interference from fluorescent lamps, install

the receiving unit at least 6.6 ft. away from the lamps and install at a location where

wireless remote controller signals can be received when the fluorescent lamps are on.

7-12. Separate Type Signal Receiving Unit Installation

CAUTION

Do not twist the operating

controller wires together

with the power supply

wires. Doing so can result

in malfunction.

If electrical noise is induced

in the unit power supply,

take appropriate measures,

for example installing a

noise ﬁ lter.

If local electrical codes allow, this signal receving

unit can be mounted using a conventional wall box

for ﬂ ush mounting.

(1) If Wall mounted Fixed Position

Install the remote controller at a convenient

location on a nearby wall. However, before

attaching the remote controller mounting cradle,

check that the remote controller can operate from

the desired wall position. (Fig. 1-97)

How to Install Batteries

See Fig. 1-98.

(1) Press and slide the lid on the back of the remote

controller in the direction of the arrow.

(2) Install two AAA alkaline batteries. Make sure the

batteries point in the direction marked in the

battery compartment.

(3) Press the reset hole, then replace the lid. If you

press it, the current time, ON time, and OFF time

are all reset to 0:00.

Fig. 1-97

Fasten the remote control

mount with screws.

Fitting the remote

control in the mount.

Remote control mount

Press

Put in

Fig. 1-98

Reset hole

Cover

Fig. 1-96

Cover plate

Notch

Spacer

Switch box (no cover)

Signal receiving unit

M4 × L1"

Screws (2)

123

•

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb106 106SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb106 106 2012/01/19 22:39:342012/01/19 22:39:34

1-107

1. Specifications

When using the signal receiving unit on a wall with

the front exposed, choose a wall surface that the

signal receiving unit can be mounted on.

(1) Insert a ﬂ athead screwdriver into the slot on the lower

side of the signal receiving unit and pry off the back

case.

(2) The wire routing at the signal receiving unit comes out

of the upper case (thin portion at upper center) so use

nippers or a similar tool to cut out a notch beforehand

large enough for the remote control cable (option) to

pass through as shown in Fig. 1-99.

(3) Remove the wire, which is connected prior to shipping,

from the connector.

(4) Connect the remote control cable (option) to the signal

receiving unit connector as shown in Fig. 1-100 after the

clamp (supplied) with the unit is installed.

(5) After arranging the wiring on the printed circuit board

as shown in Fig. 1-101 so that it is contained within the

signal receiving unit, attach the back case. At this time,

arrange so that the head of the clamp faces the side.

(6) Remove the cover plate and install the signal receiving

unit using the 2 wood screws.

(7) Fasten to the wall using the cord clip (supplied).

(8) Reinstall the cover plate.

To use the signal receiving unit while mounted on the

ceiling, install by using the carrier for ceiling installation

supplied with the unit.

(1) Remove the cover plate by inserting a ﬂ athead

screwdriver into the notch in the lower section and

prying it off.

(2) Cut out a section (3-3/4"×2-1/32") on the ceiling using

the paper pattern (supplied) as a guide.

(3) Run the wire through the mounting carrier and insert

into the installation hole as shown in Fig. 1-103.

(4) Fit securely into the ceiling material at sections (A)

and (B) as shown in Fig. 1-104.

(5) Connect the wire (2-wire core) from the signal

receiving unit with the wire from the indoor unit. (See

section on how to wire the receiving unit.) as shown in

Fig. 1-104.

(6) Use the supplied spacers to adjust for a thickness

several inches more than the ceiling material and

lightly fasten the receiving unit in place with the small

screws (M4×1-9/16", 2 pcs.) supplied with the unit.

(7) Tighten the machine screws after ﬁ tting sections (A)

and (B) into the openings, in the gap between the

signal receiving unit and ceiling surface as in Fig. 1-105.

Do not apply strong force when tightening the screws.

Excessive force might warp or damage the cover.

When ﬁ nished, the signal receiving unit should still be

able to move slightly when pressed as shown in Fig.

1-105.

(8) Reinstall the cover plate.

Run the remote con

cable through a notch

in the upper case.

Clamp (Supplied)

About 3/32"-1/8"

Connector Remote control cord

(Option)

Remote control cord (Option)

Clamp

Signal receiving unit

Wood screws (2)

123

•L

Fig. 1-99

Fig. 1-100

Fig. 1-101

Fig. 1-102

Fig. 1-103

Fig. 1-104

Fig. 1-105

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb107 107SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb107 107 2012/01/19 22:39:342012/01/19 22:39:34

1-108

1. Specifications

7-13. Electrical Wiring

CAUTION

Be sure to do the wiring

correctly (incorrect

wiring will damage the

equipment).

Recommended wire diameter and allowable length

for signal receiving unit wiring and its branch wiring:

AWG #18, MAX 1,300 ft.

7-14. Test Run Switch

(1) Remove the cover plate of the signal receiving unit.

Set the “TEST RUN” switch of the dip switches to

the ON position.

(2) Press the ON/OFF operation button on the

wireless remote controller.

Wire joint (2 pcs.

white, supplied)

WHT

BLK 2

Terminal board

for indoor unit

remote control

wiring

Signal receiving unit wiring (field supply)

Connection

Wire from signal receiving unit

Signal receiving

unit

Wire joint CE-1

(supplied)

Signal receiving

unit wiring

Signal receiving

unit wiring

CAUTION

To avoid placing an

excessive load on the

equipment, use this

function only when

conducting the test run.

(3) Make a test run using the air conditioner in

COOL or HEAT mode.

(4) During the test run, the “OPER.,” “TIMER,”

and “STDBY” LED all blink.

To protect the air conditioner from overloading, the outdoor unit will not start running for approximately 3 minutes

after power is applied or the air conditioner is turned off and then back on.

When the DIP switch is set to “TEST – ON,” temperature control from the wireless remote controller is disabled.

Do not use this setting at any time other than for the test run. Doing so will place an excessive load on the system.

(5) After the test run, press the ON/OFF operation button on the wireless remote controller. Then, set the

TEST RUN switch back to the OFF position to cancel the test run mode.

(This receiver includes a 60-minute automatic OFF timer function in order to prevent continuous test run.)

Fig. 1-106

123

ADR

ALL•

RCU : SUB

RCU : MAIN

NORMAL

PCB CHK.

TEST RUN

ALL•

RCU : SUB

PCB CHK.

TEST RUN

(1) Strip the insulation to approximately 9/16" from the ends

of the wires that will be connected.

(2) Twist together the 2 wires and create a crimp connection

at the wire joint.

(3) If a special crimping tool is not used, or if the connection

is soldered, insulate the wires using insulation tape.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb108 108SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb108 108 2012/01/19 22:39:342012/01/19 22:39:34

1-109

1. Specifications

7-15. Misoperation Alarm Indicators

A blinking lamp for other than the signal receiving unit

ﬁ lter shows that a problem has occurred in the unit, so

make an inspection. (Refer to servicing information in

the service manual, etc.) Also, if wired remote controller

and dedicated service check lines (CV6380230938:

service use) are available, then detailed error

information can be obtained by connecting to the

service connector as shown in the drawing. For

information on how to connect to the signal receiving

unit, refer to the instruction manual that came with the

dedicated service check lines.

Table 1-10

Fig. 1-107

Fig. 1-108

Lamp

OPERATION

TIMER STANDBY ugirBaCtelbuorT fo esh

lamp lamp lamp

No power supply or mis-wiring of signal receiving unit.

S.C.* errors between the indoor unit’s controller (PCB) and

signal receiving unit.

S.C. errors between indoor and outdoor units.

Alternately Indoor unit protector is activated.

Alternately Outdoor unit protector is activated.

Compressor protector is activated.

Concurrent Mis-setting of indoor unit.

Concurrent Mis-setting of outdoor unit.

* S.C.: Serial communications

ALL•

RCU : SUB

RCU : MAIN

NORMAL

PCB CHK.

TEST RUN

Service

connector

1. Operation Display

2. Start/Stop button

3. Fan speed button

4. Swing/Wind Direction button

5. Timer setting button

6. Reset button

7. Cover

8. Transmitter

9. Remote control sensor

10. Temperature setting buttons

12. Mode Select button

11. Filter button

13. Ventilation button

14. Address button

15. Sensor button

16. Clock button

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb109 109SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb109 109 2012/01/19 22:39:342012/01/19 22:39:34

1-110

1. Specifications

7-16. Basic Wiring Diagram

CAUTION

Be sure to do the wiring

correctly (incorrect wiring

will damage the equipment).

Wiring procedure

Carry out the wiring according to the above wiring

diagram.

Address setting is automatically executed

after turning on the system.

An indoor unit address is assigned to each

indoor unit.

Operation takes place successively at

intervals of 1 second, by using combinations

of the address setting of each unit.

In case of using shielded wires for inter-unit control

wiring, ground the shield on one side. (Fig. 1-109)

Otherwise misoperation because of electrical noise

may occur.

Shielded wire

Ground

Fig. 1-109

U1 U2

: Ground (earth)

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

No. 1

Remote

Controller

Inter-unit

control

wiring

Wire joint

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb110 110SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb110 110 2012/01/19 22:39:342012/01/19 22:39:34

1-111

1. Specifications

7-17. Wiring System Diagram for Group Control

This diagram shows when several units (maximum of

8) are controlled by a signal receiving unit (main

unit). In this case, a signal receiving unit can be

connected at any indoor unit.

Group control using 2 signal receiving units

It does not matter which of the 2 signal receiving units

you set as the main controller.

Wiring procedure

Wire according to the diagram at left:

Address setting is executed automatically when the

outdoor unit is turned on.

Each successive unit will respond at one-second

intervals following the order of the group address

when the remote controller is operated.

When using multiple signal receiving units (up to 2

can be used), one is the main signal receiving

unit and the other is the sub-signal receiving unit.

To set up a sub-signal receiving unit, change its

remote control address connector (RCU. ADR)

located on its PCB from main to sub position

(main: when shipped from factory).

(sub)

Wire joint

Remote

Controller

(main)

: Ground (earth)

Connection wiring

for group control

U1 U2

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

No. 1

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

No. 2

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

No. 3

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

No. 8

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb111 111SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb111 111 2012/01/19 22:39:342012/01/19 22:39:34

1-112

1. Specifications

7-18. Wiring System Diagram for Multiple Remote Controllers

To operate 1 indoor unit with 2 signal receiving units

set at different locations.

CAUTION

Carry out the wiring correctly

(incorrect wiring will damage

the equipment).

When installing multiple remote controllers

This multiple system is used for operating the unit(s) at

different positions. (A maximum of 2 signal receiving

units can be installed.)

Setting method

To execute this control, make the setting according

to the following procedure.

(1) Of the two installed signal receiving units, make

one the main signal receiving unit (factory-shipped

state).

(2) On the other signal receiving unit, change the

address connector on the PCB from main to sub

position.

In this state, it functions as a sub-signal receiving

unit.

Basic wiring diagram

Connection wiring

Signal receiving unit

Indoor unit

Earth

(sub)(main)

(Option)

Remote control

cable terminal

board

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb112 112SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb112 112 2012/01/19 22:39:342012/01/19 22:39:34

1-113

1. Specifications

<CZ-RWSK1U>

7-19. Test Run Procedure

Wall mounted Type

(K1 Type)

7-20. Check Items Before the Test Run

(1) Turn ON the remote power switch at least 12 hours before the test run in order to charge the crankcase heater.

(2) Fully open the service valves on the gas-tube and liquid-tube sides.

(3) Set the sliding switches on the inside of the wireless remote controller cover to the correct settings for that model.

After changing the settings, press the RESET hole.

Check the “Check Items Before the Test Run.”

Set the indoor unit controller to “TEST.”

Return the indoor unit controller to

“NORM.” (Item 7-21-3)

Is operation

possible?

Verify the combination (wiring) of indoor and

outdoor units.

Check using the Diagnosis

function table. (Refer to 7-24)

YES Note: Check the indoor-side drainage.

(Item 7-20)

(Item 7-21-3)

Wireless remote controller transmitter

Verify that sliding switch 1 is in the “S” position.

SKN

Set sliding switch 2 to the correct setting for these models.

A: Heat pump model

(H: Heat pump, no auto heating/cooling)

C: Cooling-only model

AHC AHC

RESET hole

Sliding switch

SENSOR button

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb113 113SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb113 113 2012/01/19 22:39:342012/01/19 22:39:34

1-114

1. Specifications

7-21. Preparing for the Test Run

7-21-1. Changing the room temperature sensor

Room temperature sensors are installed inside the indoor unit and the wireless remote controller.

Either room temperature sensor can be used.

When “Unit Sensor” is indicated on the wireless remote controller’s LCD, the indoor unit sensor is operating as the

room temperature sensor.

To change to the remote control sensor, open the remote control cover and press the SENSOR button once. The

“Unit Sensor” display disappears, and the remote control sensor becomes the room temperature sensor.

CAUTION

If the temperature data from the remote controller is not communicated to the indoor

unit for a period of 10 minutes when the remote control sensor is selected, the unit

automatically switches back to the indoor unit sensor.

Install the remote controller in a location where the signal can reliably be received by

the indoor unit.

7-21-2. Using the remote controller

Face the remote controller toward the receiver (indoor unit).

The maximum distance where the remote controller signal can be received is approximately 26 ft., however this

distance is only a guide. The actual distance may vary somewhat depending on battery capacity and other

conditions.

Make sure there are no obstructions which can block the signal between the remote controller and the receiver.

When the remote controller signal is received correctly, the indoor unit beeps.

(It beeps twice only when operation is started.)

Do not drop, throw, or wash the remote controller.

Do not place the remote controller in a location exposed to direct sunlight, or near a stove or similar appliance.

7-21-3. Test run

Using the controller

(1) Slide the main unit controller switch from “ON” to “TEST”.

(The outdoor unit will not operate for approximately 3 minutes after

the power is turned ON, or after operation is stopped.)

(2) All indicator lamps on the display blink while test run is in progress.

(3) Temperature control is not possible during the test run.

(4) If normal operation is not possible, the lamps on the display will indicate

the problem. Refer to “7-24. Diagnosis Table”.

(5) After the test run is completed, move the controller switch from “TEST” to “ON” and verify that the indicator lamps

stop blinking.

(A 60-minute automatic OFF timer function is included in order to prevent continuous test run.)

Receiver

Wireless Remote Controller

CAUTION

Controller

Indicator

For S-26PK1U6

OFF

TEST

Do not use this setting at any time other than for the test run. Doing so will place an excessive load on

the system.

Test run is not possible if the power was turned ON when the controller switch was in the “TEST” position.

Leave the power ON and move the switch to “OFF,” then move the switch back to “TEST.”

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb114 114SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb114 114 2012/01/19 22:39:352012/01/19 22:39:35

1-115

1. Specifications

7-22. Precautions

Request that the customer be present at the time the test run is performed. Explain the Operating Instructions to

the customer, and then have the customer actually operate the system.

Be sure to pass the manual and warranty certiﬁ cate to the customer.

Verify that the AC 208 / 230 V wiring is not connected to the terminal plate which is used to connect the inter-unit

control wiring.

* If AC 208 / 230 V is accidentally applied to this terminal plate, the fuse (0.5A for both indoor and outdoor units) on

the inter-unit control PCB will be tripped in order to protect the PCB. Correct the wiring connections, then

disconnect the 2P connectors (indoor unit: blue, OC, CN40; outdoor unit: blue, OC) which are connected

to the PCB and connect the other 2P connectors (indoor unit: brown, EMG, CN44; outdoor unit: brown, EMG).

(See the ﬁ gure below.)

If operation is still not possible with the brown connectors connected, cut the varistor (black) (for both the indoor

and outdoor units).

(Be sure to turn OFF the power before performing this work.)

BCPlortnoctinuroodtuOBCPlortnoctinuroodnI

Varistor (black)

Fuse

0.5A

Serial 1 connector (blue)

Serial 2 connector (brown)

Varistor (black)

VA002

2P connector (brown)

2P connector (blue)

Fuse

0.5A

CHK (2P plug)

SW103 TEST

OFF

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb115 115SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb115 115 2012/01/19 22:39:352012/01/19 22:39:35

1-116

1. Specifications

7-23. When Setting Indoor Unit Control PCB Switch for Wall Mounted Indoor Unit

When using both the wired and wireless remote controller, refer to the procedure below.

If this setting is not made correctly an alarm will occur. (The operation lamp on the display blinks.)

This setting is not necessary for the case of using wireless remote controller only.

The slide switch setting at the time of factory shipment for model K1 type is “B.”

When using wired remote controller as “sub”, to set its

data to “sub” in remote controller setting mode.

When using wireless remote controller as “sub”, set the

switch on the indoor unit control PCS to A.

S-26PK1U6

Nos. 1, 2 OFF, No. 3 ON.

Nos. 1, 2, 3 all OFF

When using

wireless

remote

controller

as “main”

When using

wireless

remote

controller

as “sub”

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb116 116SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb116 116 2012/01/19 22:39:352012/01/19 22:39:35

1-117

1. Specifications

7-24. Diagnosis Table

Wired remote

Cause

E 0 1

E 0 2

E 0 9

E 1 4

E 0 4

E 0 6

E 1 5

E 1 6

E 2 0

P 0 5

L 0 2

P 0 9

displayed

L 0 7

displayed

Indoor unit

1:1 connection (single type)

Nothing is

displayed

Nothing is

displayed

displayed Operating lamp

is blinking.

displayed

L 1 3

Standby lamp

is blinking.

Operation lamp and

Standby lamp are

blinking alternately.

Both the Operation

lamp and Standby

lamp are blinking

together.

Timer lamp and

Standby lamp are

blinking alternately.

Remote controller is not connected correctly.

Indoor unit power is not ON.

Automatic address setting has not been

completed.

Inter-unit control wiring is cut or is not

connected correctly.

Remote controller is not connected correctly

(remote controller receiving failure).

Remote controller is not connected correctly

(failure in transmission from remote controller

to indoor unit).

Indoor-outdoor inter-unit wiring is not

connected correctly.

Indoor unit capacity is too low.

Indoor unit capacity is too high.

No serial signal is being received at all from

the indoor units.

Inter-unit circuit or open phase in the outdoor

unit power

Insufficient gas

Indoor-outdoor unit type mismatch

The indoor unit ceiling panel connector is not

connected correctly.

Group connection

Remote controller is not connected with

indoor unit correctly

Indoor unit power is not ON.

Automatic address setting has not been

completed.

Inter-unit control wiring is cut or is not

connected correctly.

Remote controller is not connected with

indoor unit correctly

Remote controller is not connected with

indoor unit correctly

Same as at left

Indoor-outdoor inter-unit wiring is cut or

is not connected correctly.

Same as at left

Reversed phase or open phase in the

3-phase power at one of the outdoor

units in the group

Same as at left

Ceiling panel connector at one of the

indoor units in the group is not

connected correctly.

Simultaneous-operation multi system

(flexible combination)

Same as at left

Control wiring for group control is cut or

is not connected correctly.

Same as at left

Reversed phase or open phase in the

outdoor unit 3-phase power

Same as at left

Control wiring for group control

is connected

to the indoor unit, however it is set for individual

operation.

Indoor unit ceiling panel connector is not

connected correctly.

Control by main-sub

remote controllers

Same as at left

2 remote controllers are

set as the main remote

controller.

Same as at left

receiver lamp

spcontroller dilay

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb117 117SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb117 117 2012/01/19 22:39:352012/01/19 22:39:35

1-118

1. Specifications

1-13. HOW TO PROCESS TUBING

8. HOW TO INSTALL THE TIMER WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER

The liquid tubing side is connected by a flare nut, and

Refer to the Instraction Manual attaehed to the Timer Remote Controller.

the gas tubing side is connected by brazing.

1. Connecting the Refrigerant Tubing

Use of the Flaring Method

Many conventional split system air conditioners employ

the flaring method to connect refrigerant tubes which run

between indoor and outdoor units. In this method, the

copper tubes are flared at each end and connected with

flare nuts.

Flaring Procedure with a Flare Tool

(1)

cutter. It is recommended to cut approx. 12 – 20 in.

longer than the tubing length you estimate.

(2)

Cut the copper tube to the required length with a tube

Remove burrs at each end of the copper tubing with

a tube reamer or file. This process is important and

should be done carefully to make a good flare. Be sure

to keep any contaminants (moisture, dirt, metal filings,

etc.) from entering the tubing. (Figs. 1-110 and 1-111)

(3)

mount it on the copper tube.

(4)

Remove the flare nut from the unit and be sure to

Make a flare at the end of the copper tube with a flare

tool. (Fig. 1-112)

NOTE

When reaming, hold the tube end downward and be sure

that no copper scraps fall into the tube. (Fig. 1-111)

NOTE

good flare should have the following characteristics:

inside surface is glossy and smooth

edge is smooth

tapered sides are of uniform length

Fig. 1-110

Fig. 1-111

Fig. 1-112

Deburring

Before After

Reamer

Copper

tubing

Flare tool

Flare nut

Copper

tubing

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb118 118SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb118 118 2012/01/19 22:39:352012/01/19 22:39:35

1-119

1. Specifications

Caution Before Connecting Tubes Tightly

(1) Apply a sealing cap or water-proof tape to prevent dust or water from

entering the tubes before they are used.

(2) Be sure to apply refrigerant lubricant to the matching surfaces of the

ﬂ are and union before connecting them together. This is effective for

reducing gas leaks. (Fig. 1-113)

(3) For proper connection, align the union tube and ﬂ are tube straight with

each other, then screw on the ﬂ are nut lightly at ﬁ rst to obtain a smooth

match. (Fig. 1-114)

Adjust the shape of the liquid tube using a tube bender at the installation

site and connect it to the liquid tubing side valve using a ﬂ are.

Cautions During Brazing

Replace air inside the tube with nitrogen gas to prevent copper

oxide ﬁ lm from forming during the brazing process. (Oxygen,

carbon dioxide and Freon are not acceptable.)

Do not allow the tubing to get too hot during brazing. The nitrogen

gas inside the tubing may overheat, causing refrigerant system

valves to become damaged. Therefore allow the tubing to cool

when brazing.

Use a reducing valve for the nitrogen cylinder.

Do not use agents intended to prevent the formation of oxide ﬁ lm.

These agents adversely affect the refrigerant and refrigerant oil,

and may cause damage or malfunctions.

2. Connecting Tubing between Indoor and Outdoor Units

(1) Tightly connect the indoor-side refrigerant tubing extended from the wall

with the outdoor-side tubing.

(2) To fasten the ﬂ are nuts, apply speciﬁ ed torque as shown at right.

When removing the ﬂ are nuts from the tubing

connections, or when tightening them after

connecting the tubing, be sure to use 2 adjustable

wrenches or spanners. (Fig. 1-115)

If the ﬂ are nuts are over-tightened, the ﬂ are may

be damaged, which could result in refrigerant

leakage and cause injury or asphyxiation to

room occupants.

When removing or tightening the gas tube ﬂ are

nut, use 2 adjustable wrenches together: one at

the gas tube ﬂ are nut, and one at part A.

(Fig. 1-116)

For the ﬂ are nuts at tubing connections, be

sure to use the ﬂ are nuts that were supplied

with the unit, or else ﬂ are nuts for R410A

(type 2). The refrigerant tubing that is used

must be of the correct wall thickness as shown

in the table at right.

Because the pressure is approximately 1.6 times higher

than conventional refrigerant pressure, the use of ordinary

ﬂ are nuts (type 1) or thin-walled tubes may result in tube

rupture, injury, or asphyxiation caused by refrigerant

leakage.

In order to prevent damage to the ﬂ are caused by

over-tightening of the ﬂ are nuts, use the table above

as a guide when tightening.

When tightening the ﬂ are nut on the liquid tube, use an

adjustable wrench with a nominal handle length of 7-7/8 in.

Fig. 1-113

Apply refrigerant

lubricant

Fig. 1-114

Flare nut

Union

Fig. 1-115

Indoor unit

Outdoor unit

Spanner

Torque wrench

Fig. 1-116

Tube diameter

ø1/4" (6.35 mm)

ø3/8" (9.52 mm)

ø1/2" (12.7 mm)

ø5/8" (15.88 mm)

Tightening torque

(approximate)

120 – 160 in.lbs

(140 – 180 kgf · cm)

300 – 360 in.lbs

(340 – 420 kgf · cm)

430 – 480 in.lbs

(490 – 550 kgf · cm)

590 – 710 in.lbs

(680 – 820 kgf · cm)

t0.032

t0.04

Tube thickness

(in.)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb119 119SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb119 119 2012/01/19 22:39:352012/01/19 22:39:35

1-120

1. Specifications

Do not use a spanner to tighten the valve stem caps.

Doing so may damage the valves.

Depending on the installation conditions, applying

excessive torque may cause the nuts to crack.

Precautions for Packed Valve Operation

If the packed valve is left for a long time with the valve

stem cap removed, refrigerant will leak from the valve.

Therefore, do not leave the valve stem cap removed.

Use a torque wrench to securely tighten the valve stem

cap.

Valve stem cap tightening torque:

Charging port 70 – 85 in.lbs (80 – 100 kgf • cm)

ø3/8"(Liquid side) 160 – 180 in.lbs (190 – 210 kgf • cm)

ø5/8"(Gas side) 240 – 270 in.lbs (280 – 320 kgf • cm)

3. Insulating the Refrigerant Tubing

Tubing Insulation

Thermal insulation must be applied to all unit tubing,

including the distribution joint (purchased separately).

* For gas tubing, the insulation material must be heat

resistant to 248°F or above. For other tubing, it must be

heat resistant to 176°F or above.

Insulation material thickness must be 13/32 in. or greater.

CAUTION

If the exterior of the outdoor unit

valves has been ﬁ nished with a

square duct covering, make sure

you allow sufﬁ cient space to

access the valves and to allow

the panels to be attached and

removed.

Taping the ﬂ are nuts

Wind the white insulation tape around the ﬂ are nuts at the

gas tube connections. Then cover up the tubing

connections with the ﬂ are insulator, and ﬁ ll the gap at the

union with the supplied black insulation tape. Finally, fasten

the insulator at both ends with the supplied vinyl clamps.

(Fig. 1-119)

Insulation material

The material used for insulation must have good insulation

characteristics, be easy to use, be age resistant, and must

not easily absorb moisture.

CAUTION

After a tube has been insulated,

never try to bend it into a narrow

curve because it can cause

the tube to break or crack.

Fig. 1-117

Fig. 1-118

Fig. 1-119

Never grasp the drain or refrigerant connecting

outlets when moving the unit.

Charging port

Valve stem cap

Valve stem

Main valve

Packed valve

2 tubes arranged together

Inter-unit

control wiring

Gas tube

Liquid tube

Armoring tape

Insulation

Unit side

insulator

Insulation tape (white)

(supplied)

Sealer (supplied)

Flare insulator (supplied)

Tube insulator

(not supplied)

Heat resistant

248°F or above

Vinyl clamps (supplied)

Flare nut

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb120 120SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb120 120 2012/01/19 22:39:362012/01/19 22:39:36

1-121

1. Specifications

4. Taping the Tubes

(1) At this time, the refrigerant tubes (and electrical

wiring if local codes permit) should be taped

together with armoring tape in 1 bundle. To

prevent condensation from overﬂ owing the drain

pan, keep the drain hose separate from the

refrigerant tubing.

(2) Wrap the armoring tape from the bottom of the

outdoor unit to the top of the tubing where it

enters the wall. As you wrap the tubing, overlap

half of each previous tape turn.

(3) Clamp the tubing bundle to the wall, using 1

clamp approx. each meter (3 feet). (Fig. 1-120)

NOTE

Do not wind the armoring tape too tightly since this

will decrease the heat insulation effect. Also ensure

that the condensation drain hose splits away from the

bundle and drips clear of the unit and the tubing.

5. Finishing the Installation

After ﬁ nishing insulating and taping over the tubing,

use sealing putty to seal off the hole in the wall to

prevent rain and draft from entering. (Fig. 1-121)

Fig. 1-120

Fig. 1-121

Inter-unit

control wiring Gas tube Liquid tube

Armoring tape

Insulation

Tubing

Apply putty here

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb121 121SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb121 121 2012/01/19 22:39:362012/01/19 22:39:36

1-122

1. Specifications

1-14. LEAK TEST, EVACUATION AND

ADDITIONAL REFRIGERANT CHARGE

Perform an air-tightness test for this package A/C.

Check that there is no leakage from any of the

connections. Air and moisture in the refrigerant system

may have undesirable effects as indicated below.

pressure in the system rises

operating current rises

cooling (or heating) efﬁ ciency drops

moisture in the refrigerant circuit may freeze and block

capillary tubing

water may lead to corrosion of parts in the refrigerant

system

Therefore, the indoor unit and tubing between the indoor

and outdoor unit must be leak tested and evacuated to

remove any noncondensables and moisture from the

system.

Air Purging with a Vacuum Pump (for Test Run)

Preparation

Check that each tube (both liquid and gas tubes) between

the indoor and outdoor units has been properly connected

and all wiring for the test run has been completed.

Remove the valve caps from both the gas and liquid

service valves on the outdoor unit. Note that both liquid

and gas tube service valves on the outdoor unit are kept

closed at this stage.

The refrigerant charge at the time of shipment is only

guaranteed sufﬁ cient for a tubing length of up to 100 ft.

The tubing may exceed this length, up to the maximum

permitted length; however, an additional charge is

necessary for the amount that the tubing exceeds 100 ft.

(No additional refrigerating machine oil is needed.)

1. Leak Test

(1) With the service valves on the outdoor unit closed,

remove the 1/4 in. ﬂ are nut and its bonnet on the gas

tube service valve. (Save for reuse.)

(2) Attach a manifold valve (with pressure gauges) and

dry nitrogen gas cylinder to this service port with

charge hoses.

CAUTION

Use a manifold valve for air

purging. If it is not available,

use a stop valve for this

purpose. The “Hi” knob of the

manifold valve must always be

kept closed.

Fig. 1-123

Fig. 1-122

Fig. 1-124

Manifold valve

Pressure

gauge Lo Hi

Charge hose

Outdoor unit

Liquid

tube

Gas

tube

Nitrogen gas cylinder

(In vertical standing

position)

Open

Cylinder

valve

Outlet

Inlet

Vacuum pump

Manifold gauge

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb122 122SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb122 122 2012/01/19 22:39:362012/01/19 22:39:36

1-123

1. Specifications

(3) Pressurize the system up to 4.15 MPa

(42 kgf/cm2G) with dry nitrogen gas and close the

cylinder valve when the gauge reading reaches

4.15 MPa (42 kgf/cm2G). Then, test for leaks with

liquid soap.

CAUTION

To avoid nitrogen entering the

refrigerant system in a liquid

state, the top of the cylinder

must be higher than the bottom

when you pressurize the

system. Usually, the cylinder is

used in a vertical standing

position.

Fig. 1-125

CAUTION

Use a cylinder speciﬁ cally

designed for use with R410A.

(4) Do a leak test of all joints of the tubing (both

indoor and outdoor) and both gas and liquid

service valves. Bubbles indicate a leak. Wipe

off the soap with a clean cloth after the leak test.

(5) After the system is found to be free of leaks,

relieve the nitrogen pressure by loosening the

charge hose connector at the nitrogen cylinder.

When the system pressure is reduced to normal,

disconnect the hose from the cylinder.

2. Evacuation

Be sure to use a vacuum pump that includes a

function for prevention of back-ﬂ ow, in order to

prevent back-ﬂ ow of pump oil into the unit tubing

when the pump is stopped.

Perform vacuuming of the indoor unit and tubing.

Connect the vacuum pump to the gas tube valve

and apply vacuum at a pressure of –101kPa ( –755

mmHg, 5 Torr) or below.

Continue vacuum application for a minimum of 1

hour after the pressure reaches –101kPa ( –755

mmHg, 5 Torr).

(1) Attach the charge hose end described in the

preceding steps to the vacuum pump to evacuate

the tubing and indoor unit. Conﬁ rm that the “Lo”

knob of the manifold valve is open. Then, run the

vacuum pump.

(2) When the desired vacuum is reached, close the

“Lo” knob of the manifold valve and turn off the

vacuum pump. Conﬁ rm that the gauge pressure is

under –101kPa ( –755 mmHg, 5 Torr) after 4 to 5

minutes of vacuum pump operation.

Manifold valve

Pressure

gauge Lo Hi

Vacuum pump

Outdoor unit

Liquid

tube

Gas

tube

Open

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb123 123SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb123 123 2012/01/19 22:39:362012/01/19 22:39:36

1-124

1. Specifications

CAUTION

To avoid gas from leaking

when removing the charge

hose, make sure the stem

of the gas tube is turned all

the way out (“BACK SEAT”)

position.

3. Charging Additional Refrigerant

Charging additional refrigerant (calculated from the

liquid tube length as shown in Section "1-12. Installation

Instructions, 1. Tubing Size, Table 1-2 Tubing Data for

Models", Amount of additional refrigerant charge) using

the liquid tube service valve. (Fig. 1-126)

Use a balance to measure the refrigerant accurately.

If the additional refrigerant charge amount cannot

be charged at once, charge the remaining

refrigerant in liquid form by using the gas tube

service valve with the system in Cooling mode at

the time of test run. (Fig. 1-127)

* If an additional refrigerant charge has been

performed, list the refrigerant tubing length and

amount of additional refrigerant charge on the

product label (inside the panel).

4. Finishing the Job

(1) With a hex wrench, turn the liquid tube service

valve stem counter-clockwise to fully open the

valve.

(2) Turn the gas tube service valve stem counter-clockwise

to fully open the valve.

(3) Loosen the charge hose connected to the gas

tube service port (5/16".) slightly to release the

pressure, then remove the hose.

(4) Replace the 5/16". ﬂ are nut and its bonnet on the

gas tube service port and fasten the ﬂ are nut

securely with an adjustable wrench or box wrench.

This process is very important to prevent gas from

leaking from the system.

(5) Replace the valve caps at both gas and liquid

service valves and fasten them securely.

Fig. 1-126

. 1-127

Valve

Liquid

Manifold valve

Pressure

gauge Lo Hi

Outdoor unit

Liquid

tube

Gas

tube

R410A

Outdoor unit

Liquid

tube

Gas

tube

Open

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb124 124SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb124 124 2012/01/19 22:39:362012/01/19 22:39:36

2-1 Room Temperature Control .......................................................................................... 2-2

2-2 Cold Draft Prevention (Heating Cycle) ........................................................................ 2-4

2-3 Automatic Fan Speed (Indoor Unit) ............................................................................. 2-5

2-4 Control Functions ......................................................................................................... 2-6

2-5 Outdoor Unit Control PCB ........................................................................................... 2-9

2-6 Outdoor Unit Control PCB (CR-CH4272R) ................................................................ 2-10

2. PROCESSES AND FUNCTIONS

2-1

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1 2012/01/26 14:25:032012/01/26 14:25:03

2-2

2. Processes and functions

Fig. 1

(THERMO. OFF)

(THERMO. ON)

ROOM TEMP.

THERMO. ON

5 MINUTES

MORE THAN

5 MINUTES 3 MINUTES

SET TEMP

COMPRESSOR

OUTDOOR FAN

(H OR M)

INDOOR FAN

FFOFFO

1. Refer to 2-4 Outdoor Fan Speed Control

MORE THAN

3 MINUTES

MORE THAN

5 MINUTES

NONONO

SET SPEED

T+2 °F

T–2 °F

. T °F

BODY SENSOR

1133_THS_I

THERMO. OFF

Chart Summary and Explanations

Once the compressor starts, it keeps running for 5 minutes.

Once the compressor stops, it will not start running again for 3 minutes.

If you change the operation mode (HEAT, COOL or FAN) during the heating cycle, the

control circuit stops the compressor for 3 minutes.

For 5 minutes after the compressor is first turned on, and for 3 minutes after it is turned off,

the compressor is not controlled by the room sensor.

Thermo ON: When room temperature rises 2 F (4˚F when set on body sensor) above

the set temperature T˚, (T˚+2˚F or T˚+4˚F when set on body sensor):

Compressor ON

Thermo OFF: When the room temperature is –2˚F below the set temperature T˚:

Compressor OFF

2-1 Room Temperature Control

The unit adjusts room temperature by turning the outdoor unit’s compressor ON and OFF.

This process is controlled by the thermostat located in the remote control unit.

The figures on this and the next pages show how each part of the system performs when the

room temperature changes and the thermostat activates the compressor to start (thermo ON) or

stop (thermo OFF). Fig. 1 shows about the cooling cycle, and Fig. 2 shows about the heating

cycle.

(A) Cooling

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2 2012/01/26 14:25:032012/01/26 14:25:03

2-3

2. Processes and functions

Fig. 2

THERMO. ON THERMO. ON

+2°F

FFOFFO

1. Refer to 2-4 Outdoor Fan Speed Control

OFF

SET SPEED

NONONO

ON (REVERSING CYCLE)

TEMP.

OPERATION

REMOTE CONTROL

SENSOR

(Only for wireless

remote controller)

BODY SENSOR

OFF

SET SPEEDSET SPEED

3 SECONDS

ON OFF ON

MORE THAN

3 MINUTES

OFF

ONOFF

ON OFF ONOFFOFF ON

3 MINUTES

MORE THAN

5 MINUTES5 MINUTES

THERMO. ON

THERMO. ONTHERMO. ON

THERMO. ON

2. Refer to 2-2 Cold Draft Prevention (Heating)

BUTTON

COIL (4-WAY)

SOLENOID

TEMP.

COIL

EXCH.

INDOOR HEAT

STANDBY

INDOOR FAN

OUTDOOR FAN

(H OR M)

COMPRESSOR

SET. +2 °F

SET. –2 °F

–2°F

SET TEMP.+7 °F SHIFT

THERMO. OFF THERMO. OFF

OFF

(88°F)

81°F

77°F

1134_THS_I

THERMO. OFF THERMO. OFF

LL LL

SETTING TEMP.

SET TEMP.

Chart Summary and Explanations

Once the compressor starts, it keeps running for 5 minutes.

Once the compressor stops, it will not start running again for 3 minutes.

If you change the operation mode (HEAT,COOL or FAN) during the heating cycle, the

control circuit stops the compressor for 3 minutes.

For 5 minutes after the compressor is first turned on, and for 3 minutes after it is turned off,

the compressor is not controlled by the room sensor.

When set on remote control sensor

Thermo ON: When room temperature is –2˚F below the set temperature T˚.

Compressor ON

Thermo OFF: When the room temperature is 2˚F above the set temperature T˚, (T˚+2 ˚F)

Compressor OFF

When set on body sensor

NOTE: In case of Body sensor, operating temperature is shifted to setting temperature +7

(B) Heating

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3 2012/01/26 14:25:042012/01/26 14:25:04

2-4

2. Processes and functions

Fig. 3

SET

FAN

SPEED

AUTO OR H

L LL LL/OFF LL L L L

LL LL/OFF LL L M M

LL LL/OFF LL L M H

MAX. 6 MINUTES

“STANDBY”

INDICATOR

INDOOR UNIT

COIL TEMP.

E2 (°F)

LL= Very low speed

L= Low speed

M= Medium speed

H= High speed

“STANDBY” APPEARS

1135_THS_I

Chart Summary and Explanations

The main idea of this chart is to show that the indoor fan speed increases and gets closer to

the set fan speed as the coil temperature E2 rises.

The indoor unit fs coil temperature is taken from sensor E2 located in the middle of the indoor

heat exchange coil.

The dotted line shows that the indoor fan motor is OFF. When the temperature at sensor E2

falls below 50 ˚F, the indoor fan motor stops running.

2-2 Cold Draft Prevention (Heating Cycle)

The cold draft prevention function controls indoor fan speed so a strong draft of cold air will

not blow out before the indoor heat exchange coils have warmed up.

STANDBY shows on the remote controller when the indoor fan speed is LL (very low)

or OFF. This condition occurs in the following 3 cases:

• During Thermo OFF (refer to 2-1 B. Room Temperature Control, Heating)

• During the defrosting operation (refer to 2-10 Defrosting Control, Heating)

• Until either the coil temperature E2 reaches 81°F or when a maximum of 6 minutes

has past.

The indoor fan motor operates in L instead of LL for 3 seconds as it starts to give the

fan an initial boost.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4 2012/01/26 14:25:042012/01/26 14:25:04

2-5

2. Processes and functions

Fig. 4

INDOOR FAN

SPEED

HMM

1923_M_S

ROOM TEMP.

(deg)

SET TEMP.

: High

: Middle

L: Low

Chart Explanations and notes

When the fan speed changes, it keeps the speed step for at least 3 minutes, even if the

temperature changes to another speed step during the time.

Fig. 5

INDOOR FAN

SPEED H

MMH

1924_M_S

ROOM TEMP.

(deg)

SET TEMP.

–2

–4

: High

: Middle

L : Low

Chart Explanations and notes

When the fan speed changes, it keeps the speed step for at least 1 minute, even if the

temperature changes to another speed step during the time.

2-3 Automatic Fan Speed (Indoor Unit)

By pressing the FAN SPEED button on the remote controller, the fan speed can be set at one of

four steps: AUTO., HI., MED., or LO. When set at AUTO. the indoor unit fan speed will be

automatically adjusted to the room temperature as the two charts shown below.

(A) Cooling

(B) Heating

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5 2012/01/26 14:25:042012/01/26 14:25:04

2-6

2. Processes and functions

124

142

2-4 Control Functions

Electronic control valve control

Opening of the electronic control valve is controlled so

that the appropriate operating conditions are maintained,

based on the signal from each sensor (discharge

temperature [TD], intake temperature [TS], outdoor heat

exchanger temperature [C1], and indoor heat exchanger

temperature [E1, E2]).

Discharge temperature release control

(1) This control lowers the operating frequency of the

compressor when electronic control valve control is

unable to maintain the appropriate operating

conditions because the discharge temperature fails

to decline or because there is a sudden increase in

the discharge temperature.

(2) If the discharge temperature exceeds 232°F, the

compressor is stopped and then restarted. (Error

count = 1)

(3) The error count is cleared when operation has

continued for 10 minutes after the compressor was

restarted.

(4) If (2) repeats 4 times without the error count being

cleared (error count = 4), alarm "P03" occurs.

Current release control

The compressor operating frequency is controlled so

that the current that is input to the inverter compressor

does not exceed the designated value (control value).

Outdoor unit fan control

1. Cooling fan control

(1) The outdoor unit fan minimum speed and maximum

speed are determined according to the outdoor air

temperature and the operating frequency. The

speed is controlled in stages between the minimum

speed and maximum speed, based on the outdoor

heat exchanger temperature (C2) at that time.

(2) For 60 seconds after start, the outdoor unit fan

operates at maximum speed, as determined by the

outdoor air temperature and operating frequency at

that time. Subsequently, the fan operates at low

speed until the outdoor heat exchanger temperature

(C2) rises.

(3) If the discharge temperature (TD) sensor is

abnormal or has become disconnected, the fan will

not operate and a protective device is activated.

2. Heating fan control

(1) The outdoor unit fan minimum speed and maximum

speed are determined according to the outdoor air

temperature and operating frequency. The speed is

controlled in stages between the minimum speed

and maximum speed, based on the outdoor heat

exchanger temperature (C1) at that time.

(2) If the outdoor heat exchanger temperature (C1) is

75°F or higher continuously for 5 minutes, fan

operation may stop (same conditions as when the

thermostat is OFF). In this case, the fan will restart

after 3 minutes.

(3) This control is not performed during the 3 minutes

after start, for 1 minute after defrost ends, and

while defrost is in progress.

Coil heating control

(1) This control applies current to the coil of the

stopped compressor to heat the compressor in

place of the crank case heater.

(2) When the discharge temperature (TD) is less than

77°F, the current application judgment is made

based on the outdoor air temperature (TO).

• Current application starts when the outdoor air

temperature drops to 59°F or below.

• Current application stops when the outdoor air

temperature rises above 64°F.

Control for prevention of short intermittent operation

In order to protect the compressor, this control does not

allow the compressor to be stopped for 10 minutes after

operation starts, even if the thermostat OFF signal is

received from the indoor unit.

Control for prevention of high cooling loads

This control reduces abnormal high-pressure increases

during cooling operation.

(1) If MAX (C1, C2) (C1 & C2: outdoor heat exchanger

temperature) is less than 124°F, the compressor

performs normal operation.

(2) If MAX (C1, C2) is 124°F or higher and less than

142°F, the revolution of the compressor is

controlled to prevent the high pressure being

increased.

(3) If MAX (C1, C2) is 142°F or higher, the compressor

stops once. The compressor restarts three times,

and if the temperature dose not decrease to less

than 142°F, the alert "P20" is displayed.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6 2012/01/26 14:25:042012/01/26 14:25:04

2-7

2. Processes and functions

(36, 48 types)

Overcurrent protection control

(1) If the overcurrent protection circuit detects

abnormal current, the compressor is stopped. (Error

count = 1.) The compressor then restarts after 3

minutes.

(2) If compressor start/stop is repeated 4 times (error

count = 4), alarm "P26", "P29" or "H01" (count = 2

in this case only) occurs. Operation stops and does

not restart.

Current release value shift control

(1) This control is intended to improve compressor

reliability by preventing continuous high-frequency

operation under overload conditions when the

outdoor air temperature is high, and by preventing

intermittent operation through "control for

prevention of high cooling loads".

(2) The control value for "current release control" is

corrected according to the outdoor air temperature

(TO).

Depending on the temperature, the control value is

lowered to 50 – 90% for cooling operation, and to

60 – 98% for heating operation.

Freeze prevention (low-temperature release) control

The below control is performed during cooling operation

(including dehumidifying operation), using whichever of

the indoor heat exchanger temperatures (E1 or E2) is

lower. (See the figure below.)

(1) If a temperature in the "J" area (operating

frequency reduction and thermostat OFF area) is

detected for 6 minutes, the compressor operating

frequency is reduced. The compressor operating

frequency is reduced every 30 seconds as long as

the temperature remains within this area.

(2) If the temperature is in the "K" area (operating

frequency increase-prohibit area), the compressor

operating frequency is maintained.

(3) If the temperature is in the "H" area (operating

frequency control area), and the outdoor air

temperature is less than 90°F, the compressor

maximum operating frequency is limited according

to the indoor unit fan speed.

(4) If the temperature is in the "I" area (normal

operating area), the compressors operate normally.

(5) If the temperature is continuously in the "J" area

and the compressor operating frequency reaches 0,

then temperature A (temperature for changing from

"J" area to "H" area) is raised from 41°F to 46°F,

and operation continues with the thermostat OFF

until the temperature reaches the "H" area.

Heating high-load control

The below control is performed during heating operation,

based on the indoor heat exchanger temperature MAX

(E1,E2).

(1) If the temperature is in the "M" area (operating

frequency reduction and thermostat OFF area), the

compressor operating frequency is reduced.

The compressor operating frequency is reduced

every 30 seconds as long as the temperature

remains within this area.

(2) If the temperature is continuously in the "M" area,

the thermostat turns OFF.

(3) If the temperature is in the "N" area, operating

frequency increases are prohibited.

(4) If the temperature is in the "L" area, the operating

frequency is raised to the original frequency (the

frequency prior to frequency reduction) by 6 Hz

every 60 seconds.

* When the compressor turns ON and the E2

temperature rises, the temperature at which the

"M" area is first entered is 124°F (36, 42 types)

or higher than 129°F (26 type).

If the E1, E2 temperature subsequently falls to

the "L" area, the temperature for entering the "M"

area is raised to 126°F (36, 42 types) or 133°F

(26 type).

However if the E1, E2 temperature falls to the "L"

area and falls below 86°F, then the temperature for

entering the "M" area is changed back to 124°F

(36, 42 types) or 129°F (26 type).

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7 2012/01/26 14:25:042012/01/26 14:25:04

2-8

2. Processes and functions

•

Defrost control

Defrost sequence

Heating operation

(25-minute mask)

Frost detection

Defrost start

(reverse cycle defrost)

Defrost in progress

Defrost cancel

Start-up operation

Operating frequency: 61.8 Hz

Outdoor unit fan: OFF

Electronic control valve: step 300

4-way valve: OFF

Indoor unit fan: OFF

Defrost control

(1) Frost detection

1. Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (C1) method (15-minute mask after operation start)

2. Outdoor air temperature is 7°F or above and outdoor heat exchanger temperature (C1) of 0°F or below is

detected continuously for 20 seconds.

3. Outdoor air temperature is below 7°F and outdoor heat exchanger temperature (C1) of below (outdoor air

temperature -10)°F is detected continuously for 20 seconds.

(2) Defrost cancel

• Defrost end conditions

1. Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (C1) rises to 54°F or higher.

2. Outdoor heat exchanger temperature is 45°F or higher continuously for 1 minute.

3. Defrost time of 10 minutes has elapsed.

(3) Startup operation

After defrost ends, the compressors and outdoor unit fan stop for approximately 40 seconds, then operation begins

in heating mode.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8 2012/01/26 14:25:042012/01/26 14:25:04

2-9

2. Processes and functions

Fan motor plug (CN004)

EEPROM IC

MDC

Heat exchanger temperature (C2) sensor

Heat exchanger temperature (C1) sensor

Suction temperature (TS) sensor Outdoor air temperature (TO) sensor

Compressor discharge temperature (TD) sensor

Refrigerant recovery switch

(S005)

Quiet mode plug (CN028)

EXCT plug (CN026)

Automatic address

setting switch (S001)

Snowfall sensor

Cooling test

Test pin (CN036)

Operation circuit fuse

(F002)

LED 1, 2

Serial 1 plug

Terminal plug (CN015)

Serial 2 plug

If the operation circuit fuse

(F002) has blown,

determine and correct the

cause for the blown fuse,

then change the socket

from the serial 1 plug to

the serial 2 plug.

Position detection plug

(CN003)

Refrigerant System

address switch (S002)

Refrigerant System

address switch (S003)

Power LED (D115)

2-5 Outdoor Unit Control PCB

(1) Layout Diagram (CR-CH4872R)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9 2012/01/26 14:25:042012/01/26 14:25:04

2-10

2. Processes and functions

Push-button switch (black): Automatic address setting switch

• If the system address switch (S002: set to 0 at time of shipment) setting is other than

"0" (central control), press this switch once to automatically set the addresses at all

indoor units which are in the same system, and are connected to that outdoor unit.

During automatic address setting, the 2 LEDs (red) on the outdoor unit control PCB

blink alternately.

(Pressing this switch again stops automatic address setting.)

• If automatic address setting is currently in progress at another system that is subject

to central control, only LED 1 on the outdoor unit control PCB blinks to indicate that

automatic address setting is in progress at another unit. If automatic address setting is

in progress at another unit, automatic address setting cannot be started at this unit,

even if S001 is pressed.

Rotary switch (10 positions, black): System address setting switch

• This switch is set to 0 (1 system control) at the time of shipment. However the address

for each system must be set when multiple systems are controlled or when central

control is used. (Figure 1)

• If the system address is set to 0, automatic address setting is started when the power is

turned ON. Therefore it is not necessary to use switch SW01 and perform automatic

address setting in the case of single or simultaneous-operation multi control of a single

system.

• When using central control for multiple systems, a maximum of 30 systems (maximum

64 units) can be connected. In the case of group control or central control, set the sys-

tem address to a setting other than 0 (1 or above).

• If the number of systems is greater than 9, this switch can be used in combination with

DIP switch S003 to set up to 30 systems. The setting can be made as high as 39,

however all settings above 30 are handled as 30 for control. (For details, refer to Table 1.)

• If system addresses are duplicated (the same address exists more than once), LED 1 on

the outdoor unit control PCB lights up, and alarm "L04" is displayed on the remote con-

troller.

DIP switch (2P, blue): System address 10s-digit and 20s-digit place setting switch

• When setting 10 systems or more, set this switch in combination with S002.

• For 10 – 19 systems, set 1P (10s-digit place) to ON.

• For 20 – 29 systems, set 2P (20s-digit place) to ON, and set 1P (10s-digit place) to OFF.

• For 30 systems, set both 1P (10s-digit place) and 2P (20s-digit place) to ON. (For details,

refer to Table 1.)

Refrigerant recovery switch (red button switch)

• Press this switch to perform refrigerant recovery control using cooling operation. The

indoor unit fan will operate at HIGH and 55 Hz for a maximum of 10 minutes. When

refrigerant recovery is completed, close the valves and press this switch to stop the

operation.

2P plug (red): Pin used for PCB inspection at the factory

3P plug (red): Can be used for demand control

• The operating ranges are shown in the table.

Test (CN036)

EXCT (CN026)

S001

S002

S003

S005

2P and 3P 1P and 3P

Operating

range

normal (at shipment

from factory)

rated capacity

70%

Short-circuited

2-6 Outdoor Unit Control PCB (CR-CH4272R)

(1) Explanation of Functions

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10 2012/01/26 14:25:102012/01/26 14:25:10

2-11

2. Processes and functions

3P plug (black): Terminal plug for the communications line

• At the time of shipment from the factory, the short-circuiting socket (2P, black) is

installed between pins 1 and 2 on the terminal plug (terminal = yes).

• When central control is used for multiple systems, leave the short-circuiting socket in

place only on the outdoor unit with a system address of 1. At all other outdoor units

(other than unit No. 1), move the short-circuiting socket to between 2 and 3 (terminal =

no). If multiple short-circuiting sockets remain in place during central control, a com-

munications failure will occur.

• In the case of a single system only (system address = 0), do not remove the short-

circuiting socket. (Alarm "E04" will occur.)

2P plug (white): Enables operation in quiet mode.

• The outdoor unit fan and compressor frequencies are subject to limits during operation.

• Low-noise operation is enabled when the relay is turned ON.

Outdoor unit control PCB

Note 1: The maximum length of the wiring between the outdoor unit PCB and the relay is

2 m.

• Lead wire with 2P plug (special-order part: WIRE K/ CV6231612098)

• Relay, field supply, contact input specifications: DC 5 V, 0.5 mA (Recommended relay:

Fuji Electric HH62SW, compatible with micro contacts)

• Use a commercially available timer (such as the Omron H5 daily time switch).

Terminal plug

(CN015)

Quiet mode

(CN028)

Example of wiring

CN028

Quiet mode

Relay (field supply) Power

External contact

(timer input, etc.: field supply)

Table 1. Method of System Address Setting

[S002 (rotary, black), S003 (2P DIP switch, green or blue)]

OFF

2P (20s-digit place)

Outdoor system

address No.

1 system only

Central

control

S002 setting

(system address switch)

S003 setting

1P (10s-digit place)

System

controller

Out-

door Out-

door

In-

door In-

door

Fig. 6

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb11 11SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb11 11 2012/01/26 14:25:102012/01/26 14:25:10

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb12 12SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb12 12 2012/01/26 14:25:112012/01/26 14:25:11

3-1 3-2Indoor Units...................................................................................................................

3-2 Outdoor Units.............................................................................................................. 3 -10

3. ELECTRICAL DATA

3-1

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1 2011/11/09 20:22:522011/11/09 20:22:52

3-2

3. Electrical data

3-1 Indoor Units

4-Way Cassette Type : S-26PU1U6, S-36PU1U6, S-42PU1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2 2011/11/09 20:22:522011/11/09 20:22:52

3-3

3. Electrical data

4-Way Cassette Type : S-26PU1U6, S-36PU1U6, S-42PU1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3 2011/11/09 20:22:532011/11/09 20:22:53

3-4

3. Electrical data

Wall Mounted Type : S-26PK1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4 2011/11/09 20:22:532011/11/09 20:22:53

3-5

3. Electrical data

Wall Mounted Type : S-26PK1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5 2011/11/09 20:22:542011/11/09 20:22:54

3-6

3. Electrical data

Ceiling Type : S-26PT1U6, S-36PT1U6, S-42PT1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6 2011/11/09 20:22:542011/11/09 20:22:54

3-7

3. Electrical data

Ceiling Type : S-26PT1U6, S-36PT1U6, S-42PT1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7 2011/11/09 20:22:542011/11/09 20:22:54

3-8

3. Electrical data

Low Silhouette Ducted Type : S-26PF1U6, S-36PF1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8 2011/11/09 20:22:552011/11/09 20:22:55

3-9

3. Electrical data

Low Silhouette Ducted Type : S-26PF1U6, S-36PF1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9 2011/11/09 20:22:552011/11/09 20:22:55

3-10

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-26PE1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10 2011/11/09 20:22:552011/11/09 20:22:55

3-11

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-26PE1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb11 11SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb11 11 2011/11/09 20:22:552011/11/09 20:22:55

3-12

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-26PS1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb12 12SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb12 12 2011/11/09 20:22:562011/11/09 20:22:56

3-13

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-26PS1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb13 13SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb13 13 2011/11/09 20:22:562011/11/09 20:22:56

3-14

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-36PE1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb14 14SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb14 14 2011/11/09 20:22:562011/11/09 20:22:56

3-15

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-36PE1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb15 15SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb15 15 2011/11/09 20:22:562011/11/09 20:22:56

3-16

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-36PS1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb16 16SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb16 16 2011/11/09 20:22:572011/11/09 20:22:57

3-17

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-36PS1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb17 17SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb17 17 2011/11/09 20:22:572011/11/09 20:22:57

3-18

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-42PE1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb18 18SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb18 18 2011/11/09 20:22:582011/11/09 20:22:58

3-19

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-42PE1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb19 19SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb19 19 2011/11/09 20:22:582011/11/09 20:22:58

3-20

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-42PS1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb20 20SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb20 20 2011/11/09 20:22:592011/11/09 20:22:59

3-21

3. Electrical data

3-2 Outdoor Units

U-42PS1U6

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb21 21SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb21 21 2011/11/09 20:22:592011/11/09 20:22:59

SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb22 22SM830203-00_PAC-i_US-letter.indb22 22 2011/11/09 20:22:592011/11/09 20:22:59

4-1. Meaning of Alarm Messages.........................................................................................4-2

4-2. Symptoms and Parts to Inspect ...................................................................................4-5

4-3. Details of Alarm Messages ...........................................................................................4-8

4-4. Table of Thermistor Characteristics ............................................................................4-14

4. SERVICE PROCEDURES

4-1

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1 2012/01/26 10:32:022012/01/26 10:32:02

4-2

4. Service procedures

Remote controller is

detecting error signal from

indoor unit

E01

E02

E10

E11

E14

E03

E08

E09

E04

E05

E06

E07

E15

E12

E16

E20

E17

E18

E31

L01

L02

L03

L04

L07

L08

L09

L10

L11

L13

Indoor unit is detecting error signal from remote controller (and system controller)

Error in receiving serial communication signal

(Signal from main indoor unit in case of group control)

Auto address is not completed

Outdoor system address, indoor system address, or indoor unit

individual/main/sub setting is not set

(Automatic address setting is not completed)

Error in transmitting serial communication signal

Improper setting of indoor

unit or remote controller

Indoor unit address setting is duplicated

Remote controller setting is duplicated

Error in transmitting serial communications signal

Error in receiving serial communications signal

Indoor unit is detecting error

signaled from signal option

Setting error Main unit duplication in simultaneous-operation multi control

(detected by outdoor unit)

Indoor unit is detecting error

signaled from outdoor unit

Outdoor unit is detecting

error signaled from indoor

unit

Automatic address setting

failed

An indoor unit detected

trouble in the signal from

another indoor unit

Communications trouble

between units

Setting errorMis-setting

Continued

Error in transmitting serial communications signal

Starting auto address setting is prohibited

This alarm message shows that the auto address connector

CN100 is shorted while other RC line is executing auto address

operation.

ndoor unit capacity too low

Indoor unit capacity too high

No indoor units connected

Error in receiving serial communications signal

Communications failure with MDC

Indoor unit group settings error

Indoor/outdoor unit type mismatch

Main unit duplication in group control (detected by indoor unit)

Outdoor unit address duplication (system address)

Group wiring connected for independent indoor unit

Address not set or group not set

Indoor unit capacity not set

Outdoor unit capacity not set or setting error

Miswiring in group control wiring

Indoor unit type setting error (capacity)

Error in transmitting serial communications signal

Error in receiving serial communications signal (including unit

quantity verification failure)

Simultaneously

Serial commu-

nication errors

Mis-setting

Wired

remote

control

display

Wireless

remote controller

receiver display

ON:

Operation

Timer

Standby

Blinking: OFF:

Possible cause of malfunction

4-1. Meaning of Alarm Messages

(1) Contents of remote controller switch alarm display

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2 2012/01/26 10:32:032012/01/26 10:32:03

4-3

4. Service procedures

P09

P01

P10

P03

P04

P05

P15

P19

P20

P22

P26

P29

P31

H01

F01

F02

F10

F04

F06

F07

F08

F12

F29

Ceiling panel connection failure

Indoor protection Fan protective thermostat

Float switch

Discharge temperature trouble

High pressure switch or compressor motor thermal protector is activated.

Open phase detected, AC power trouble

No gas

4-way valve locked

High cooling load

Outdoor fan trouble

Inverter compressor trouble (HIC PCB)

Inverter compressor trouble (MDC)

Simultaneous-operation multi control trouble

Compressor current failure (overload)

Indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (E1)

Indoor heat exchanger temperature sensor (E2)

Indoor temperature sensor

Discharge temperature (TD)

Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (C1)

Outdoor heat exchanger temperature (C2)

Outdoor air temperature (TO)

Intake temperature (TS)

Indoor EEPROM error

Outdoor protection

Thermistor open circuit

• Short circuit (indoor)

Thermistor open circuit

• Short circuit (outdoor)

Activation of

protective

device

Thermistor

fault

Outdoor EEPROM error F31

Alternately

Alter.

Simul.

Alternately

Wired

remote

control

display

Wireless

remote controller

receiver display

Operation

Timer

Standby

Possible cause of malfunction

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3 2012/01/26 10:32:032012/01/26 10:32:03

4-4

4. Service procedures

(2) LED Indicator Messages on Outdoor Control PCB

Power ON sequence

1. No communication from indoor units in system

2. Communication received from 1 or more indoor units in system

3. Regular communication OK (Capacity and unit quantity match)

If it is not possible to

advance to 3, repeats 1 → 2.

At 3, changes to normal

control.

P03

Normal operation

Automatic address setting in progress

Automatic address setting alarm (E15)

Automatic address setting alarm (E20)

Automatic address setting alarm (Other than E15 and E20)

EEPROM error (F31)

Blinking alternately

Blinking simultaneously

Alarm LED 1 blinks M times, then LED 2 blinks N times.

The cycle then repeats.

M = 2: P alarm 6: L alarm

N = Alarm No.

* Refer to

“

1. Examples of alarm display

”

below.

3: H alarm 4: E alarm 5: F alarm

Alternate blinking during alarms

Insufficient gas indicator

Refrigerant recovery mode

Automatic address setting

Displayed during automatic

address setting 1 and initial

communication. After these are

completed, alarm F31 is displayed.

Pre-trip (P20)

Pre-trip (insufficient gas)

Pre-trip (other)

(0.25/0.75)

(0.75/0.25)

(0.25/0.75)

(0.75/0.25)

(0.25/0.75)

(0.75/0.25)

LED 1 LED 2 Remarks

OFF

Blinking (0.25/0.75) indicates that the lamp illuminates for 0.25 seconds, and then is OFF for 0.75 seconds.

Unless otherwise indicated, the blinking is (0.5/0.5).

Note:

This table shows example alarms. Other alarms

may also be displayed.

P03

P04

P05

P31

H01

•

E04

•

F07

•

L13

•

( Blinks 2 times )

(

)

(

)

(

)

(Blinks 3 times)

•

(Blinks 4 times)

•

(Blinks 5 times)

•

(Blinks 6 times)

•

(Blinks 3 times)

(Blinks 4 times)

(Blinks 5 times)

(Blinks 31 times)

(Blinks 1 times)

(Blinks 4 times)

(Blinks 7 times)

(Blinks 13 times)

Alarm / Display LED 1 Alternately

→

→ LED 2

(3) Examples of alarm display (other than E15, E16, and E20)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4 2012/01/26 10:32:032012/01/26 10:32:03

4-5

4. Service procedures

4-2. Symptoms and Parts to Inspect

Judgment condition Clear condition

P03

P05

P04

P15

P19

P20

P22

P26

Remote

controller

alarm display

Alarm

contents

Judgment and

correction

Abnormal discharge

temperature

• Discharge temp.

detected at or

above the specified

value.

Stops when temp. exceeds

232 ˚F.

Recovery at restart

1. Check refrigerant cycle

(gas leak).

2. Electronic control valve

trouble

3. Check tubing sensor (TD).

Missing phase

High pressure

switch is activated.

Compressor motor

thermal protector is

activated.

detected. (CT

disconnected or AC

power trouble)

Current value sent from MDC

Stops when pressure

exceeds 600 psi.

Stops when temp. exceeds

230 ˚F.

on outdoor unit control PCB is

low.

No AC power input for 3

minutes or longer: pre-trip - 5

1. Check R/S/T power.

2. Check inverter control PCB.

3. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

Insufficient gas level

detected.

The following conditions

continue for 1 minute.

• Discharge temp. is 203 ˚F or

higher.

• Electronic control valve is at

step 480.

• Current value from MDC is

2.0 A or less.

Check refrigerant cycle

(gas leak).

4-way valve locked

• Judgment occurs

after compressor

has been ON for 5

minutes.

Indoor heat exchanger temp.

drops although compressors

are ON in heating mode:

[min(E1, E2)] ≤ 50 ˚F.

Indoor heat exchanger temp.

rises although compressors are

ON in cooling mode:

E2 ≥ 104 ˚F.

1. Check 4-way valve.

2. Check 4-way valve wiring.

3. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

High-pressure

protection trouble

1. Refrigerant cycle

overload operation

2. Outdoor coil temperature

sensor C1 or C2

Outdoor unit fan

motor trouble

• Inverter protection

circuit was

activated, or lock

was detected, at

outdoor unit fan

motor.

Inverter stops after alarm is

detected

1. Position detection trouble

2. Overcurrent protection

circuit at outdoor unit fan

motor was activated.

• Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

• Refer to outdoor unit fan

judgment methods.

Inverter protection

circuit was

activated, or G-Tr

short-circuit (short

time: 0.8 s or less)

in inverter control

Inverter stops after alarm is

detected. Alarm is output

when inverter stops (pre-trip)

consecutively 4 times.

1. Stops immediately when

restarted.

• Layer short in the

compressor

2. Check inverter control

PCB.

• Wiring trouble

1. Check the high pressure

switch connector is

securely connected.

2. Check the ourdoor unit heat

exchanger is not clogged

(cooling operation).

3. Check the indoor unit air

filter has not become

clogged (heating operation)

If MAX (C1,C2) is 142°F or

higher, the compressor stops

one. The compressor restarts

three time, and if the

temperature does not

decrease to less than 142°F,

the alert “P20” is displayed.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5 2012/01/26 10:32:032012/01/26 10:32:03

4-6

4. Service procedures

Judgment condition Clear condition

P29

F04

F06

Alarm

contents Judgment and correction

Recovery at restart

Current detection

circuit trouble

• AC current value is

high even when

compressor is

stopped.

Inverter stops after alarm is

detected. Alarm is output

when inverter stops (pre-trip)

consecutively 4 times.

1. Stops immediately when

restarted.

• Layer short in the

compressor

2. Check inverter control PCB.

• Wiring trouble

Compressor motor

output trouble,

Inverter compressor

trouble,

MDC trouble

Inverter stops after alarm is

detected.

1. Refrigerant cycle trouble,

overload operation

2. Loose screws and contact

failure between HIC control

PCB and radiating plate

3. Cooling failure of radiating

plate

4. Check outdoor unit PCB

wiring.

Compressor does not

run. (Overcurrent

protection circuit

activates after a certain

period of time following

compressor start.)

Inverter stops after alarm is

detected.

1. Compressor trouble (locked,

etc.)

• Replace the compressor.

2. Compressor wiring trouble

(missing phase)

Compressor

breakdown

• Starts to operate but

operating frequency

drops and

compressor stops.

Inverter stops after alarm is

detected.

1. Check power voltage: AC

2. Refrigerant cycle overload

operation

3. Check AC current detection

circuit.

Inverter control PCB

position detection

circuit trouble

Inverter stops after alarm is

detected.

Position detection circuit is

activated even when the

compressor 3P connector is

disconnected and the

compressor operated.

• Replace the inverter control

PCB.

Disconnection, open

circuit, or short circuit

in discharge temp.

sensor (TD)

Sensor detection trouble

minutes have elapsed after

compressor stopped).

(Open circuit)

Automatic recovery

1. Check discharge temp.

sensor (TD).

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

Open circuit or short circuit

Disconnection, open

circuit, or short circuit

in outdoor heat

exchanger temp.

sensor (C1)

1. Check outdoor heat

exchanger temp. sensor (C1).

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

Remote

controller

alarm display

Open circuit or short circuit Automatic recovery

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

yrevocercitamotuAtiucrictrohsrotiucricnepO21F Disconnection, open

circuit, or short circuit

in intake temp. sensor

(TS)

1. Check intake temp. sensor

(TS).

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

203 V ± 20 V or 230 V ± 23 V.

26, 36 MODEL:

42 MODEL:

Sensor defection trouble

(194°F or higher when 60

minutes have elapsed after

compressor stopped).

(Open circuit)

F07 Disconnection, open

circuit, or short circuit

in outdoor heat

exchanger temp.

sensor (C2)

1. Check outdoor heat

exchanger temp. sensor (C2).

Open circuit or short circuit Automatic recovery

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

F08 Disconnection, open

circuit, or short circuit

in outdoor air temp.

sensor (TO)

1. Check outdoor air temp.

sensor (TO).

(194°F or higher when 15

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6 2012/01/26 10:32:032012/01/26 10:32:03

4-7

4. Service procedures

Judgment condition Clear condition

F31

L02

L04

L07

L10

L13

E07

E06

E14

E15

E16

E20

E31

H01

Remote

controller

alarm display

Alarm

contents Judgment and correction

Automatic recovery

EEPROM trouble Reading/writing failure Recovery at power

reset

1. Check EEPROM (IC007).

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

Mismatch of indoor

and outdoor unit types

(Espacio, Multi )

Indoor unit judges that type

does not match outdoor unit

type.

Recovery at power

reset

1. Check indoor unit EEPROM.

2. Check indoor unit control

PCB.

Settings failure

Duplicated outdoor unit

address (system address)

1. Check outdoor unit

system address.

2. Check inter-unit control

wiring.

Group control wiring is

connected to an

independent-control indoor

Recovery at power

reset

1. Check inter-unit control

wiring.

2. Check indoor unit

EEPROM.

Outdoor unit capacity not set. Recovery at power

reset

Check outdoor unit EEPROM.

Indoor-outdoor unit

types

Outdoor unit judges that type

does not match indoor unit

type.

Recovery at power

reset

1. Check indoor unit

EEPROM.

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

Outdoor unit detected

abnormal signal from

indoor unit.

Serial signal receiving failure

(including failure to verify No.

of units)

Automatic

recovery

Automatic

recovery

1. Check inter-unit control

wiring.

2. Check outdoor unit

Outdoor unit sending

failure to indoor unit

lortnoctinu-retnikcehC.1eruliafgnidneslangislaireS

wiring.

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

Settings failure Duplicated master unit in

simultaneous-operation multi

control

(Detected by outdoor unit)

Recovery at power

reset

1. Check inter-unit control

wiring.

2. Check indoor unit

combination.

Automatic address

setting failure

Automatic address

setting failure

Automatic address

setting failure

Indoor unit capacity too low. Recovery at power

reset

Recovery at power

reset

Recovery at power

reset

1. Check inter-unit control

wiring.

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

lortnoctinu-retnikcehC.1.hgihootyticapactinuroodnI

wiring.

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

Outdoor unit cannot receive

any serial signals from indoor

units.

1. Check inter-unit control

wiring.

2. Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

Communications

trouble within unit

No communication possible

with MDC for 3 minutes or

longer.

Automatic recovery Check outdoor unit control

PCB.

Overcurrent Inverter stops after alarm is

detected.

Recovery at restart 1. Refrigerant cycle trouble,

overload operation

2. Loose screws between HIC

control PCB and radiating

plate

3. Cooling failure of radiating

plate

4. Check outdoor unit PCB

wiring.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7 2012/01/26 10:32:032012/01/26 10:32:03

4-8

4. Service procedures

No No

Ye s

[Alarm “P29”]

(MDC trouble)

(1) Input power detection circuit trouble

Compressor does not run.

Breakdown

Motor current detection circuit trouble

Is power OK? Correct power line.

current

detection

circuit wiring

OK?

Check and correct

wiring.

Are

wiring and

connector

connections

OK?

Check and correct

wiring.

compressor

OK?

Ground

fault?

Replace

compressor.

Coil

resistor

short circuit?

Coil open

circuit?

Is there

abnormal refrigerant

accumulation?

Replace

compressor.

operation of

electronic

control valve

OK?

Replace outdoor

unit control PCB.

Are

C1 and TS

sensors

OK?

Replace C1 and

TS sensors.

Replace electronic

control valve.

Is there overload? Remove

the cause.

4-3. Details of Alarm Messages

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8 2012/01/26 10:32:042012/01/26 10:32:04

4-9

4. Service procedures

Yes

Yes Yes

Yes

Replace outdoor unit

control PCB.

(2) [Alarm “P26”]

HIC PCB trouble)

IGBT short-circuit protection on inverter control (IPDU) PCB

Is power OK? Correct power line.

Are

circuit wiring,

connector

connections, and

reactor

connections

OK?

Correct.

Has filter PCB

RY001 or RY002

relay activated?

Has filter PCB

AC fuse blown? Replace filter PCB.

Disconnect

U.V.W. output

terminal on HIC PCB and

start operation.

Does alarm

“P26”

occur?

Replace HIC PCB.

compressor OK?

(Check for layer

short circuit.)

Replace compressor.

resistance

between

each terminal on

HIC PCB OK?

(See following

page.)

Check HIC PCB.

Replace if PCB

has failed.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9 2012/01/26 10:32:042012/01/26 10:32:04

4-10

4. Service procedures

HIC +

Between terminals Resistance

HIC +

HIC –

Resistance

200 kΩ or more

300 kΩ or more

200 kΩ or more

Yes

Replace outdoor unit

control PCB.

(3) [Alarm “E31”]

(communications

trouble within unit)

IGBT short-circuit protection

Is “E31”

displayed even after

the power voltage

is reset?

Normal

HIC-CH4872R

(42 Type)

HIC-CH2672R

(26, 36 Type)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10 2012/01/26 10:32:042012/01/26 10:32:04

4-11

4. Service procedures

Ye s

(4) [Alarm "P22"] Outdoor unit fan motor drive circuit trouble

Are connectors CN003 and CN004 connected

correctly to the outdoor unit control PCB? Correct the connector

connections.

Disconnect connectors CN003 and CN004

from outdoor unit control PCB, and rotate

fan by hand. Does it rotate easily?

Outdoor unit fan motor coil resistance is

OK if it is as shown below.

(1) Red – white: 30 – 40 Ω

(2) White – black: 30 – 40 Ω

(3) Black – red: 30 – 40 Ω

* Disconnect connector CN004 and

measure on the plug side.

Motor position detection circuit resis-

tance is OK if it is as shown below.

* Disconnect connector CN003 and measure

on the plug side.

(1) Grey – yellow: 100 kΩ or more, or

∞

(open)

(2) Grey – blue: 100 kΩ or more, or

∞

(open)

(3) Grey – orange: 100 kΩ or more, or

∞

(open)

Fan motor is OK; outdoor unit

control PCB has failed.

→ Replace.

Fan motor trouble

→ Replace.

Note:

In the case of a GND circuit failure inside the motor, the results

of the above check may be OK.

If operation is not OK after the outdoor unit control PCB has

been replaced, then replace the outdoor unit fan motor.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb11 11SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb11 11 2012/01/26 10:32:042012/01/26 10:32:04

4-12

4. Service procedures

Yes

Check the outdoor unit

control PCB.

Replace if PCB has failed.

Sensor trouble

(5) [Alarms “F04,” “F06,” “F07,” “F08,” “F12”]

Are connectors

CN020, 021, 022, 023,

and 024 (TD, TO, C1, C2, and

TS sensors) connected

correctly to the outdoor unit

control PCB?

Correct the connector

connections.

Are the TD, TO, C1,

C2, and TS sensor resistance*

characteristics OK?

Replace the TD, TO, C1,

C2, or TS sensor.

* Refer to “4-4. Table of Thermistor Characteristics.”

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb12 12SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb12 12 2012/01/26 10:32:042012/01/26 10:32:04

4-13

4. Service procedures

Sensor installation Sensor Sensor type Sensor Sensor type

sserddasserddanoitacol

00 Room temp. 05 –

(temp. used for control)*

01 Remote controller temp. 06 Discharge temp.

Indoor unit 02 Indoor intake temp. 07 –

03 Indoor heat exchanger temp. (E1 ) 08 –

04 Indoor heat exchanger temp. (E2 ) 09 –

0A Discharge temp. (TD) 12 –

–31–b0

tnerruC41–C0

(AC current)

Outdoor unit 0d Intake temp. (TS ) 15 Outdoor electronic control

valve position

0E Outdoor heat exchanger temp. (C1 ) 16 –

0F Outdoor heat exchanger temp. (C2 ) 17 –

–81–01

11 Outdoor air temp. 19 –

Sensor Temperature Correlation Table

* Main unit only when group control is enabled

Figure: Sample display when discharge

temperature at unit No. 1-1 is 185˚F

Sensor Temperature Display Function (Displayed both when operating and stopped)

The below check procedure can be used to display

all remote controller, indoor unit, and outdoor unit

sensor temperatures.

(1) Press and hold the button and button simultaneously

for 4 seconds or longer.

(2) Unit No. X-X (main unit No.), item code XX (sensor

address), and service monitor 00XX (sensor tem-

perature) appear on the remote controller LCD. (See

figure.)

(3) Press the temperature setting and buttons and

change the item code to the sensor address of the

sensor that you want to monitor.

(For the relationship between the sensor address and

the sensor type, refer to the below Sensor Tempera-

ture Correlation Table.)

(4) During group control and simultaneous operation

multi control, press the button and change to the unit

that you want to monitor.

(5) Press the button to return to normal remote controller

operation.

NOTE

The temperature display reads “- - - - ” for units that are

not connected.

If monitor mode is selected during normal operation,

the only parts of the LCD that change are those

shown in the figure.

All other displays do not change, and remain as they

were during normal operation.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb13 13SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb13 13 2012/01/26 10:32:042012/01/26 10:32:04

4-14

4. Service procedures

Check Pin

Short-circuit the cooling check pin (or heating check pin) on the outdoor unit control PCB to perform the control

described below.

1. Thermistor checks

The checks listed below are performed for 1 second each, in order from the top down. The results are displayed

by LED 1 and 2.

Discharge temp. (TD)

Outdoor air temp. (TO)

Heat exchanger temp. (C1)

Heat exchanger temp. (C2)

Intake temp. (TS)

Thermistor Check results

Normal Abnormal

LED 1 and 2 OFF

LED 1 lit

LED 2 lit

2. 4-way valve turns ON for 1 second.

3. Forced cooling (or heating) operation

4-4. Table of Thermistor Characteristics

(1) Outdoor Air Temp. (TO), Intake Temp. (TS), Heat

Exchanger Temp. (C1) Sensor, Heat Exchanger

Temp. (C2) Sensor

(2) Discharge Temp. (TD) Sensors

Temperature (˚F)

Resistance (kΩ)

Temperature (°F)

Resistance (kΩ)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb14 14SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb14 14 2012/01/26 10:32:042012/01/26 10:32:04

5-1. Overview ......................................................................................................................... 5-2

5-2. Functions ....................................................................................................................... 5-2

5-3. Normal Display Operations and Functions ................................................................. 5-3

5-4. Monitoring Operations: Display of Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit Sensor

Temperatures ............................................................................................................. 5-6

5-5. Monitoring the Outdoor Unit Alarm History: Display of Outdoor Unit

Alarm History ............................................................................................................. 5-7

5-6. Setting Modes: Setting the Outdoor Unit EEPROM..................................................... 5-7

5. OUTDOOR UNIT MAINTENANCE REMOTE CONTROL

5-1

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1 2012/01/26 10:34:482012/01/26 10:34:48

5-2

5. Outdoor unit maintenance remote control

5-1. Overview

What is the outdoor unit maintenance remote controller?

Beginning with the DC-INV series of outdoor units, nonvolatile memory (EEPROM) is

used in the outdoor unit PCB. In this way, the setting switches that were located on

earlier PCBs have been converted to EEPROM data. This remote controller is an

outdoor unit maintenance tool that is used to make and change the EEPROM set-

tings.

This remote controller can be used for checking the outdoor unit EEPROM settings

and contents, and also can be used to monitor the outdoor unit alarm history and

indoor/outdoor unit temperatures, and to check the status of the indoor unit connec-

tions (No. of units, operating status, etc.).

Note: Because this tool does not function as a remote controller, it is used only

during test runs and servicing.

System diagram

Outdoor unit maintenance

remote controller

Remote controller

Outdoor unit

control PCB

Inter-unit control wiring (main bus)

Indoor

unit

Indoor

unit

Remote

controller

Remote

controller

Special service checker wiring

(Optional, Servicing No:CV6231785082)

* The special service checker wiring is required in order to connect the outdoor unit maintenance remote control-

ler to the outdoor unit PCB.

* Even when the outdoor unit maintenance remote controller is connected, a separate remote controller or other

control device must be connected to the indoor unit.

5-2. Functions

Normal display functions

(1) Functions: Button operations can be used to perform the following functions.

• Start/stop of all indoor units

• Switching between cooling and heating

• Test run of all indoor units

• High-speed operation of indoor units (Do not use with actual units. This may damage the devices.)

(2) Display: The following can be displayed.

• Alarm details display

• No. of indoor/outdoor units

• Unit Nos. of connected indoor/outdoor units

• Indoor/outdoor unit operating status (blinks when an alarm occurs)

• Indoor unit thermostat ON

• Individual display of outdoor unit alarms

• Outdoor unit compressor total operating time

• Outdoor unit oil sensor oil level

• Outdoor unit total power ON time

• Outdoor unit microcomputer version

• Other

Temperature monitor

• Displays the indoor/outdoor unit sensor temperatures.

Outdoor unit alarm history monitor

• Displays the outdoor unit alarm history.

Setting modes

• Setting mode 1 and setting mode 2 are used to make the outdoor EEPROM setting.

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2 2012/01/26 10:34:482012/01/26 10:34:48

5-3

5. Outdoor unit maintenance remote control

Remote controller Assy

Special service checker wiring

Relay connector (2P, white)

PCB connector

(3P, blue)

RC (3P, blue)

Outdoor

unit PCB

5-3. Normal Display Operations and Functions

Normal display functions

• Connect the special service checker wiring to the outdoor unit PCB.

The connection is shown in the figure below.

* It is not necessary to disconnect the communications line in the inter-unit control wiring if it has already been

connected at this time.

* Setting modes 1 and 2 can be used even when the outdoor unit is independent (when 1 maintenance remote

controller is connected to 1 outdoor unit and automatic address setting for the indoor units has not been com-

pleted).

* Displays the overall system status for that refrigerant system.

All units start/stop (Fig. 1)

The button can be used to start and stop all the indoor units.

• The LED turns ON when 1 or more indoor units is operating.

• The LED blinks when an alarm has occurred at 1 or more indoor units

during operation.

Switching between cooling/heating (Fig. 1)

The button switches between heating and cooling modes.

• The specifications are equivalent to the heating/cooling input that was

present on earlier outdoor unit PCBs.

• The display shows the operating mode of the indoor unit with the lowest

number.

All units test run (Fig. 2)

The button switches test run ON/OFF for all indoor units.

• Press and hold for 4 seconds to turn ON.

“Test run” is displayed while the test run is in progress.

• Conditions of test runs that are started from the unit remote controller are

not displayed on the outdoor unit maintenance remote controller.

Fig. 1

Fig.2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3 2012/01/26 10:34:482012/01/26 10:34:48

5-4

5. Outdoor unit maintenance remote control

Display (functions)

• Use the temperature setting and buttons to change the item code.

skrameRstnetnocyalpsiDedocmetI

00 (1) sutatslaitinitAlamronnehwFFO:)edoc(stnetnocmralatinuroodtuO

Blinking 8-alarm code display at pre-trip, LED (2)

01 No. of indoor units connected in that refrigerant system

02 Unit. Nos. of connected indoor units in that refrigerant system *2

03 Operating status of indoor units in that refrigerant system (blinks when alarms occur) *2

04 Unit Nos. of indoor units in that refrigerant system where the thermostats are ON *2

05 No. of outdoor units connected in that refrigerant system

No. of connected

units: 1

06 Unit Nos. of connected outdoor units in that refrigerant system *2

07 Operating status of outdoor units in that refrigerant system (blinks when alarms occur) *2

10 Total compressor operating time (in 1-hr. units) *3

16 Total power ON time of outdoor unit (in 1-hr. units)

17 Compressor start count

FE Outdoor unit microcomputer firmware version

FF Outdoor unit microcomputer software version

* See following page for *2 and *3.

(3) XX-YY R.C.

Displays the outdoor unit address of the selected outdoor sub-bus.

XX = Main bus line outdoor system address (1 – 30)

YY = Outdoor unit address in outdoor sub-bus (1 – 4). This is “1” when

there is only 1 outdoor unit.

02: <Unit Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4 are connected>

01: <No. of connected indoor units>

4 units connected

Locations where (1), (2), and (3) are displayed

are shown below.

LED

(3)

(1)

(2)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4 2012/01/26 10:34:482012/01/26 10:34:48

5-5

5. Outdoor unit maintenance remote control

*2: 7-segment, 4-digit display for remote controller timer display

The connected unit Nos. are displayed as shown below, using the 7-segment 4-digit ( ) display and the

colon.

—

————

———

712172

813138 914149

510 1520

61116

22 27 32 37

83333228 93434229

25 30 35 40

631362

Display for unit Nos. 1 – 20

Display for unit Nos. 21 – 40

Not lit

Lit

Not lit

Lit

Not lit

Lit

Not lit

Lit

• Display of unit No. 1

• Display of unit Nos. 1 and 2

• Display of unit Nos. 1, 2, and 3

• Display of unit Nos. 1, 2, 3, and 4

Not lit

Lit

Not lit

Lit

Not lit

Lit

Not lit

Lit

Meaning of display colon

is not displayed.

The meaning of the colon display changes in the same way, allowing unit Nos. up to 80 to be displayed.

Sample displays of the unit Nos. of connected indoor units

NOTE

The colon display changes automatically every 10 seconds.

(The display does not change if higher unit numbers do not

exist.)

Pressing the button switches the display immediately to

the next higher level, even if 10 seconds have not passed.

(A) and (B) are displayed alternately.

10: <Total compressor operating time>

*3: The total compressor operating time is displayed

(in 1-hour units) using 8 digits.

• When the first 4 digits are displayed, the top

point of the colon is lit.

• When the last 4 digits are displayed, the

colon points are not lit.

• The display of the first 4 and last 4 digits

changes automatically every 10 seconds. It

can also be changed by pressing the

button.

NOTE

With the outdoor unit maintenance remote controller (when connected to the outdoor unit), the unit remote controller

check functions will not operate.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5 2012/01/26 10:34:482012/01/26 10:34:48

5-6

5. Outdoor unit maintenance remote control

5-4. Monitoring Operations: Display of Indoor Unit and Outdoor Unit Sensor Temperatures

(1) Press and hold the button and button simultaneously for 4 seconds or

longer to switch to temperature monitor mode.

During temperature monitoring, “Service Monitor” is lit.

(The display and operations are the same as when monitor mode is started from

the unit remote controller.)

(2) Press the button and select the indoor unit to monitor.

(3) Use the temperature setting and buttons to select the item code of the

temperature to monitor.

The selected indoor unit No. and the temperature data are displayed.

(4) To end monitoring, press the button. The display returns to the normal display.

* The display does not blink.

(3)

(1)

(4)

(2)

edoCfogninaeMedocmetI

Indoor unit data 02 Indoor unit intake temp.

03 Indoor unit heat exchanger temp. (E1)

04 Indoor unit heat exchanger temp. (E2)

05 –

06 Indoor unit discharge temp.

07 –

08 –

Outdoor unit data 0A Discharge temp. (TD)

0b –

0C –

0d Intake temp. (TS)

0E Outdoor unit heat exchanger temp. (C1)

0F Outdoor unit heat exchanger temp. (C2)

10 –

11 Outdoor air temp. (TO)

12 –

13 –

14 Current value

15 Outdoor MV value

19 Frequency

* Depending on the model, some items may not be displayed.

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6 2012/01/26 10:34:482012/01/26 10:34:48

5-7

5. Outdoor unit maintenance remote control

5-5. Monitoring the Outdoor Unit Alarm History: Display of Outdoor Unit Alarm History

* Displays outdoor unit alarms only. Does not display indoor unit alarms.

* Check the indoor unit alarm histories separately using the indoor unit remote

controllers or other control device.

(1) Press and hold the button and button simultaneously for 4 seconds or longer

to change to outdoor unit alarm history mode.

During the alarm history display, “Service Check” is lit.

The display and operations are the same as the monitoring of the alarm device

history that is performed using the unit remote controller. However, the outdoor unit

address appears instead of the unit No.

(2) Press the button and select the outdoor unit for alarm history monitoring.

(3) Use the temperature setting and buttons to select the item code for the alarm history.

The display shows the address of the selected outdoor unit, the item code, and the alarm history (alarm data).

The outdoor unit address is displayed as system XX-YY.

System XX = Outdoor unit system address

YY = Outdoor unit sub-bus address

The item code is displayed as 01– 08. 01 indicates the most recent alarm.

The alarm history is indicated by the alarm code. (If there have been no alarm codes, “ ” is displayed.)

(4) To clear the alarm history, press the button. (The outdoor unit alarm history will be cleared.)

(5) To end, press the button. The display returns to the normal remote controller display.

5-6. Setting Modes: Setting the Outdoor Unit EEPROM

Setting mode 1

(1) Press and hold the button and button simultaneously for 4 sec-

onds or longer.

(2) Use the temperature setting and buttons to change the item code.

The item codes and setting data are shown in the table on the next

page.

(3) Use the timer time and buttons to change the setting data.

To confirm the changed setting data, press the button.

(At this time, “Setting” stops blinking and remains lit.)

(4) During this mode, “Setting” is displayed, blinking. The outdoor unit

address display section displays “ALL,” the item code and number (DN

value in the table), and the setting data (6 digits).

(The setting data is displayed in 6 digits. The display changes between

the first 3 digits (Fig. A) and the last 3 digits (Fig.

When the first 3 digits are displayed, the top point of the colon is lit.)

(5) To end the setting mode, press the button.

(3)

(1) (4) (2)

(5)

are displayed alternately.

Display of first 3 digits

Display of last 3 digits

and

(Example shows display of 000 001.)

(3)

(1)

(2)

(5)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7 2012/01/26 10:34:492012/01/26 10:34:49

5-8

5. Outdoor unit maintenance remote control

List of Item Codes

retemaraPedocmetI

01 Control system schedule

02 Control system schedule

03 Control system schedule

04 Snowfall sensor operation 0 = No sensor, control performed

1 = No sensor, control not performed

Do not set

2 = Sensor present, control performed

3 = Sensor present, control not performed

05 Outdoor fan quiet mode Do not set

06 Defrost fan speed selection Do not set

07 Ignore capacity 0 = Disabled 1 = Ignores capacity ratio

08 Control system schedule

09 Control system schedule

0A Control system schedule

0b Control system schedule

0C Forced operation of 0 = Disabled

indoor unit drain pump 1 = During cooling only, 2 hours stopped + 20 minutes operating

(regardless of whether the unit is running or stopped)

2 = During cooling only, 4 hours stopped + 20 minutes operating

(regardless of whether the unit is running or stopped)

3 = At all times, 4 hours stopped + 20 minutes operating

4 = At all times, 2 hours stopped + 20 minutes operating

0d Odor countermeasure when Do not set

indoor cooling thermostat is OFF

ylnolooC=1pmuptaeH=0ylnolooCE0

0F Control system schedule

10 Control system schedule

11 Multi-floor installation

External Electronic Expansion Valve Kit

13 Control system schedule

4E Test mode 1

4F Test mode 2

%061...%001...%54,%041dnameD05

%061...%001...%54,%042dnameD15

52 Current control level 40%, 45% ... 100% ... 160%, –1 (normal: at shipment from factory)

Control system schedule55

Do not setControl system schedule54

* Figures in parentheses indicate the data at the time of shipment from the factory.

0 = No 1 = Yes

Control system schedule

Do not set

Control system schedule

Do not set

Control system schedule

Do not setControl system schedule

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8 2012/01/26 10:34:492012/01/26 10:34:49

5-9

5. Outdoor unit maintenance remote control

Setting mode 2

(1) Press and hold the button, button, and button simultaneously for 4

seconds or longer.

(2) Use the temperature setting and buttons to change the item code. The

item codes and setting data are shown in the table below.

(3) Use the timer time and buttons to change the setting data.

To confirm the changed setting data, press the button.

(At this time, “Setting” stops blinking and remains lit.)

(4) During this mode, “Setting” is displayed, blinking. The display shows the set

outdoor unit address “System XX-YY” (System XX = System address, YY =

Address at outdoor unit sub-bus), item code number (DN value in the table

below), and the setting data (6 digits).

(The setting data is displayed in 6 digits. The display changes between the first 3 digits (Fig. A) and the last 3

digits (Fig. B). When the first 3 digits are displayed, the top point of the colon is lit.)

(5) To end the setting mode, press the button. The display returns to the normal display mode.

(3)(1)

(2)

(5)

80: <Refrigerant type> A and B are displayed alternately. (Example shows 000 410 (R410A).)

stigid3tsalfoyalpsiDstigid3tsriffoyalpsiD

(3)

(1)

(2)

(5)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9 2012/01/26 10:34:492012/01/26 10:34:49

5-10

5. Outdoor unit maintenance remote control

retemaraPedocmetI

80 Refrigerant type 407 = R407C 22 = R22 410 = R410A

81 Outdoor unit capacity* 0 = Disabled 80 : 26 type

112 : 36 typ 140 : 42 type

Do not set

82 Control system schedule

83 Control system schedule

84 3-phase or single-phase 0 = 3-phase 1 = single-phase

85 Power frequency Do not set

86 Control system schedule

List of Item Codes

(*) Figures represent the capacity data for each model.

Do not set8E Control system schedule

Do not set

8b Control system schedule

Do not set8A Control system schedule

0 = No 1 = Yes89 Crank case heater control

Do not set

88 Control system schedule

Do not set

87 Control system schedule

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb10 10 2012/01/26 10:34:492012/01/26 10:34:49

6-1. Preparing for Test Run ...............................................................................................

6-2. Caution........................................................................................................................

6-3. Test Run Procedure....................................................................................................

6-4. Items to Check Before the Test Run ..........................................................................

6-5. Test Run Using the Remote Controller......................................................................

6-6. Precautions ................................................................................................................

6-7. Table of Self-Diagnostic Functions and Corrections (U1, K1, T1, F1 Type)...............

6-8. Examples of Wiring Diagrams....................................................................................

6-2

6-3

6-4

6-5

6-6

6. TEST RUN

6-1

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1 2012/01/27 13:49:342012/01/27 13:49:34

6-2

6. Test run

6. TEST RUN

6-1. Preparing for Test Run

Before attempting to start the air conditioner,

check the following:

(1) All loose matter is removed from the cabinet espe-

cially steel filings, bits of wire, and clips.

(2) The control wiring is correctly connected and all

electrical connections are tight.

(3) The protective spacers for the compressor used for

transportation have been removed. If not, remove

them now.

(4) The transportation pads for the indoor fan have been

removed. If not, remove them now.

(5) The power has been supplied to the unit for at least

5 hours before starting the compressor. The bottom

of the compressor should be warm to the touch and

the crankcase heater around the feet of the com-

pressor should be hot to the touch. (Fig. 6-1)

(6) Both the gas and liquid tube service valves are open.

If not, open them now. (Fig. 6-2)

(7) Request that the customer be present for the trial

run.

Explain the contents of the instruction manual, then

have the customer actually operate the system.

(8) Be sure to give the instruction manual and warranty

certificate to the customer.

(9) When replacing the control PCB, be sure to make all

the same settings on the new PCB as were in use

before replacement.

The existing EEPROM is not changed, and is

connected to the new control PCB.

Fig. 6-1

Fig. 6-2

Power mains switch

(Power must be turned ON

at least 5 hours before

attempting test run)

Liquid tube Gas tube

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb2 2 2012/01/27 13:49:342012/01/27 13:49:34

6-3

6. Test run

U1, K1, T1, F1 Type

6-2. Caution

This unit may be used in a single-type refrigerant system where 1 outdoor unit is connected to 1 indoor unit.

The indoor and outdoor unit control PCBs utilize a semiconductor memory element (EEPROM). The settings

required for operation were made at the time of shipment.

Only the correct combination of indoor and outdoor units can be used.

This test run manual describes primarily the procedure when using the wired remote controller.

6-3. Test Run Procedure

Recheck the items (see IV-4) to check before the test run.

Turn ON the indoor and outdoor power.

Set the remote controller to “test run.”

Return the remote controller to normal

control.

YES

Automatic

address?

(See I-98)

(See 6-4)

Check the combination (wiring) of indoor and

outdoor units.

Refer to “Table of Self-Diagnostic

Functions and Corrections” to

check the system.

YES

Note: Check the indoor-side drainage.

Has the

test run been

completed?

Check the warning code.

Fig. 6-3

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb3 3 2012/01/27 13:49:342012/01/27 13:49:34

6-4

6. Test run

6-4. Items to Check Before the Test Run

(1)

(2)

Turn the breaker ON at least 12 hours in advance in order to energize the crank case heater.

Fully open the closed valves on the liquid tube and gas tube sides.

6-5. Test Run Using the Remote Controller

(1) Press and hold the remote controller button for 4 seconds or longer. Then press the button.

• “TEST” appears in the LCD display during the test run.

• Temperature control is not possible when test run mode is engaged.

(This mode places a large load on the devices. Use it only when performing the test run.)

(2)

Note: The outdoor unit will not operate for approximately 3 minutes after the power is turned ON or after it stops

operating.

(3)

Refer to the “Table of Self-Diagnostic Functions and Corrections” on the next page, and correct the problem.

(4) button again. Check that “TEST” disappears from the LCD display.

(This remote controller includes a function that cancels test run mode after 60 minutes have elapsed, in order to

prevent continuous test run operation.)

(5)

Use either Heating or Cooling mode to perform the test run.

If normal operation is not possible, a code appears on the remote controller LCD display.

After the test run is completed, press the

For the test run of an inverter outdoor unit, operate the compressors for a minimum of 10 minutes.

* When performing a test run using a wired remote controller,

operation is possible without attaching the cassette-type

ceiling panel.

(“P09” will not be displayed.)

6-6. Precautions

Request that the customer be present when the test run is performed. At this time, explain the operation manual

and have the customer perform the actual steps.

Be sure to pass the manuals and warranty certificate to the customer.

Check that the AC 230 / 208 V power is not connected to the inter-unit control wiring connector terminal.

* If AC 230 / 208 V is accidentally applied, the indoor or outdoor unit control PCB fuse (0.5A for both indoor

and outdoor units) will blow in order to protect the PCB. Correct the wiring connections, then disconnect the

2P connectors (indoor: blue, OC) (outdoor: blue, OC) that are connected to the PCB, and replace them with

2P connectors (indoor: brown, EMG) (outdoor: brown, EMG). (Refer to the figure below.) If operation is still not

possible after changing the brown connectors, try cutting the varistor (VA002) (both indoor and outdoor).

(Be sure to turn the power OFF before performing this work.)

Indoorunit control PCB Outdoorunit control PCB

IC8

Varistor (black)

Fuse

VA002

CN44 EMG

CN40 OC

VA002 (Varistor)

OC (blue)

connector

0.5A

Terminal plug (black)

3 – 5 HP

EMG (brown) connector

Fig. 6-4

Fuse

CZ-RTC2

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb4 4 2012/01/27 13:49:342012/01/27 13:49:34

6-5

6. Test run

Wired remote

controller display

Cause

Correction

Nothing is

displayed

Nothing is

displayed

E 0 1 displayed

E 0 2 displayed

E 0 9 displayed

E 1 4 displayed

E 0 4 displayed

E 0 6 displayed

E 1 5 displayed

E 1 6 displayed

E 2 0 displayed

P 0 5 displayed

L 0 2 displayed

L 1 3 displayed

P 0 9 displayed

L 0 7 displayed

Indoor unit

receiver lamp

Operating lamp

is blinking.

Standby lamp

is blinking.

Both the Operation

lamp and Standby

lamp are blinking

together.

Operation lamp and

Standby lamp are

blinking alternately.

Timer lamp and

Standby lamp are

blinking alternately.

Remote controller is not connected correctly.

Indoor unit power is not ON.

Automatic address setting has not been

completed.

Inter-unit control wiring is cut or is not

connected correctly.

Remote controller is not connected correctly

(remote controller receiving failure).

Remote controller is not connected correctly

(failure in transmission from remote controller

to indoor unit).

Indoor-outdoor inter-unit wiring is not

connected correctly.

Indoor unit capacity is too low.

Indoor unit capacity is too high.

No serial signal is being received at all from

the indoor units.

Inter-unit circuit or open phase in the outdoor

unit power

Insufficient gas

Indoor-outdoor unit type mismatch

The indoor unit ceiling panel connector is not

connected correctly.

Remote controller is not connected with

indoor unit correctly

Indoor unit power is not ON.

Automatic address setting has not been

completed.

Inter-unit control wiring is cut or is not

connected correctly.

Remote controller is not connected with

indoor unit correctly

Remote controller is not connected with

indoor unit correctly

Same as at left

Indoor-outdoor inter-unit wiring is cut or

is not connected correctly.

Same as at left

Reversed phase or open phase in the

3-phase power at one of the outdoor

units in the group

Same as at left

Same as at left Same as at left

Same as at left

Remote controller crossover wiring is cut or

is not connected correctly.

Indoor unit ceiling panel connector is not

connected correctly.

Remote controller crossover wiring is connected

to the indoor unit, however it is set for individual

operation.

Connect the remote controller correctly.

Turn ON the indoor unit power.

2 remote controllers are

set as the main remote

controller.

Check the remote controller and inter-unit

control wiring.

Perform automatic address setting.

Connect the remote controller correctly.

Refer to 11-8-6 Main-sub remote control, and

make the correct settings.

Check the remote controller crossover wiring.

Perform automatic address setting again.

Connect the wiring correctly.

Refer to 11-8 System Control, and make the

correct settings.

Check that the total capacities of the indoor

and outdoor units are appropriate.

Check that the indoor unit power is ON, and that

the inter-unit control wiring is connected correctly.

Reverse 2 phases of the outdoor unit 3-phase

power and connect them correctly.

Check that the indoor and outdoor unit types

are correct.

Perform automatic address setting.

Connect the indoor unit ceiling panel

connector correctly.

Ceiling panel connector at one of the

indoor units in the group isnot

connected correctly.

Reversed phase or open phase in the

outdoor unit 3-phase power

1:1 connectionognis(

rG)e

pytenoitcennoc pul Simultaneous-operation multi system

(flexible combination)

Control by main-sub

remote controllers

6-7. Table of Self-Diagnostic Functions and Corrections (X, T, U, K Type)

6-7. Table of Self-Diagnostic Functions and Corrections (U1, K1, T1, F1 Type)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb5 5 2012/01/27 13:49:352012/01/27 13:49:35

6-6

6. Test run

6-8. Examples of Wiring Diagrams

Basic wiring diagram 1

Single-type system

Be careful to avoid miswiring when connecting the wires. (Miswiring will damage the units.)

L1 U2U1G

System address rotary switch

(Set to “0” at the time of shipment.)

Outdoor unit

Indoor

unit

Wired remote

controller

WHT BLK

(Optional)

Remote controller wiring

(Field supply)

Ground

Power supply

Single-phase

230 / 208 V

Inter-unit power line

230 / 208 V, 60 Hz

Fig. 6-5

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb6 6 2012/01/27 13:49:352012/01/27 13:49:35

6-7

6. Test run

12L2

L1 U2U1G

12L2

L1 U2U1G

System address rotary switch

(Set to “0”at the time of shipment.)

Outdoor unit

Indoor

unit

Wired remote

controller

WHT BLK

(Optional)

Remote controller wiring

(Field supply)

System address rotary switch

(Set to “0” at the time of shipment.)

Outdoor unit

Indoor

unit

Remote controller crossover wiring

for group control

Ground

Power supply

Single-phase

230 / 208 V

Inter-unit power line

230 / 208 V, 60 Hz

Ground

Power supply

Single-phase

230 / 208 V

Inter-unit power line

230 / 208 V, 60 Hz

Basic wiring diagram 2

Group control (when a central control device is not used)

Simultaneous-operation multi system

A maximum of 8 indoor units can be connected to 1 remote controller.

Set the system address (refrigerant tubing system address) before turning on the remote power switch.

(Refer to “Setting the system addresses” on next page.)

(Set using the system address rotary switch on the outdoor unit control PCB.)

(Wiring procedure)

(1) Connect the remote controller to the indoor unit remote

controller wiring.

Use the remote controller connection wire coming from

the indoor unit, and field-supply wire and a wire joint to

complete the connection as shown in Fig. 6-6b. The

remote controller connection wire coming from the

indoor unit includes a connector, therefore cut off the

connector and use the wire joint to connect the wire

from the remote controller.

(2) Connect the indoor units (U1, U2) and the outdoor units

(1, 2).

Connect the other outdoor units and indoor units (with

different refrigerant systems) in the same way.

Connect the inter-unit control wiring to the indoor units

(U1, U2) for each refrigerant system.

(Inter-unit control wiring)

Fig. 6-6b

RC RC RC

Indoor

unit 1

Indoor

unit 2

Indoor

unit 3

Wired remote

controller

WHT BLK

(Optional)

Fig. 6-6a

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb7 7 2012/01/27 13:49:352012/01/27 13:49:35

6-8

6. Test run

Setting the outdoor unit system addresses

For basic wiring diagram 2 (Set the system addresses: 1, 2, 3...)

System address rotary switch

(Set to “0” at time of shipment)

System address rotary switch

System address

DIPswitch

OFF

10s 20s

3 – 5HP

Outdoorunit control PCB

Fig. 6-7

System address No. System address 10s digit

(2P DIP switch)

System address 1s place

(Rotary switch)

0 Automatic address

(Setting at shipment = “0”)

1 (If outdoor unit is No. 1)

“0” setting

Both OFF

10s digit ON

20s digit ON

10s digit and 20s digit ON

“1” setting

“2” setting

“1” setting

“0” setting

2 (If outdoor unit is No. 2)

11 (If outdoor unit is No. 11)

21 (If outdoor unit is No. 21)

30 (If outdoor unit is No. 30)

OFF

Automatic address setting using the remote controller

When the outdoor unit shown in “Basic wiring diagram 2” is used for group control of multiple outdoor units , use the

remote controller to perform automatic address setting. (During automatic address setting, “SETTING” blinks on the

remote controller display.)

Press the remote controller timer time button and button simultaneously. (Hold for 4 seconds or longer.)

Then press the button. (Item code “AA” appears: All systems automatic address setting.)

(Automatic address setting is performed in sequence for all outdoor units from No. 1 to No. 30. When automatic

address setting is completed, the units return to normal stopped status.)

To select each refrigerant system individually and perform automatic address setting, press the remote controller

timer time button and button simultaneously. (Hold for 4 seconds or longer.) Then press either the tempera-

ture setting or button. (Item code “A1” appears: Individual system automatic address setting)

Use either the or button to select the outdoor unit to perform automatic address setting. (For example,

when selected R.C.1 “R.C.1” is displayed.) Then press the button. (Automatic address setting is performed for

refrigerant circuit 1.) When automatic address setting for circuit 1 is completed, the system returns to normal

stopped status. When automatic address setting for circuit 1 is completed, the system returns to normal stopped

status. In the same way, press the remote controller timer time button and button simultaneously to per-

form automatic address setting for a different R.C. (refrigerant circuit) if necessary. Then in the same way as

above (use the button to display “R.C.2,” for example), select the next circuit and perform automatic ad-

dress setting.

System address rotary switch

System address 10s digit and 20s digit

DIP switch

Automatic address

button (black)

Terminal plug (black)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb8 8 2012/01/27 13:49:352012/01/27 13:49:35

6-9

6. Test run

Indicating (marking) the indoor and outdoor unit combination number

Indicate (mark) the number after automatic address setting is completed.

(1) So that the combination of each indoor unit can be easily checked when multiple units are installed, ensure that

the indoor and outdoor unit numbers correspond to the system address number on the outdoor unit control PCB,

and use a magic marker or similar means which cannot be easily erased to indicate the numbers in an easily

visible location on the indoor units (near the indoor unit nameplates).

Example: (Outdoor) 1 - (Indoor) 1-1...(Outdoor) 2 - (Indoor) 2-2...

(2) These numbers will be needed for maintenance. Be sure to indicate them.

* Use the remote controller to check the addresses of the indoor units. Press and hold the button and

button for 4 seconds or longer (simple settings mode). Then press the button and select the indoor

address. (Each time the button is pressed, the address changes as follows: 1-1, 2-1, ....) The indoor unit fan

operates only at the selected indoor unit. Confirm that correct fan is operating, and indicate address on the

indoor unit.

Press the button again to return to the normal remote controller mode.

For details, refer to the separate handbook.

Main-sub remote controller control

Control using 2 remote controller switches

Main-sub remote controller control refers to the use of 2 remote controllers to control 1 indoor unit.

(A maximum of 2 remote controllers can be connected.)

Connecting 2 remote controllers to

control 1 indoor unit

1 2 1 2

1 2

U1U2

1 2

Remote controller wiring

Optional Optional

Remote controller

switch (sub)

Remote controller

switch (main)

Indoor unit

Outdoor unit

Ground

for remote

controller wiring

Terminal plate

RCU. Main/Sub

MainSub

CODE

DATA

ITEM

Clock display

12 hours

(AM/PM)

24 hours

RCU. CK

NormalRCU. CK

Room temperature sensor

Main unit RCU

Remote controller setting mode

To set the remote controller main/sub setting or change the sensor, follow the steps below.

Press both and buttons on the remote controller for more than

4 seconds together.

Select CODE No. with buttons.

Change DATA with / (TIMER) buttons.

Press . Finally, press .

*Make sure to set [Normal] for RCU. CK.

DATA is memorized in the RCU. (DATA setting will not

be changed even when the power is turned off.)

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb9 9 2012/01/27 13:49:352012/01/27 13:49:35

201201

SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1SM830203-01_PAC-i_US-letter.indb1 1 2012/01/27 13:49:352012/01/27 13:49:35

Panasonic 42Psu1U6 Service Manual SM830203 01_PAC I_US Letter.indb

Panasonic-36Pet1U6-Service-Manual-729541 panasonic-36pet1u6-service-manual-729541

Panasonic-42Peu1U6-Service-And-Technical-Guide-729528 panasonic-42peu1u6-service-and-technical-guide-729528

Panasonic-26Peu1U6-Service-And-Technical-Guide-729519 panasonic-26peu1u6-service-and-technical-guide-729519

Panasonic-36Pef1U6-Service-And-Technical-Guide-729566 panasonic-36pef1u6-service-and-technical-guide-729566

Panasonic-36Psf1U6-Service-And-Technical-Guide-729557 panasonic-36psf1u6-service-and-technical-guide-729557

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation